ANTIGUA FUNDING CORP
S-3, 1997-09-02
ASSET-BACKED SECURITIES
Previous: KOS PHARMACEUTICALS INC, 8-K, 1997-09-02
Next: METZLER GROUP INC, 8-K, 1997-09-02







<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
    AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON SEPTEMBER 2, 1997
                                                           REGISTRATION NO. 333-
________________________________________________________________________________
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
                            ------------------------
 
                                    FORM S-3
                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                     UNDER
                           THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
                            ------------------------
 
                          ANTIGUA FUNDING CORPORATION
             (EXACT NAME OF REGISTRANT AS SPECIFIED IN ITS CHARTER)
                            ------------------------
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                       <C>
                        DELAWARE                                                 22-3462924
            (STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION OF                                   (I.R.S. EMPLOYER
             INCORPORATION OR ORGANIZATION)                                IDENTIFICATION NUMBER)
</TABLE>
 
                          ANTIGUA FUNDING CORPORATION
                                44 WHIPPANY ROAD
                          MORRISTOWN, NEW JERSEY 07962
                                 (201) 397-3000
               (ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE AND TELEPHONE NUMBER,
       INCLUDING AREA CODE, OF REGISTRANT'S PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICES)
                            ------------------------
 
                                MADELYN C. LAW
                          ANTIGUA FUNDING CORPORATION
                                44 WHIPPANY ROAD
                          MORRISTOWN, NEW JERSEY 07962
                                 (201) 397-3000
            (NAME, ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE AND TELEPHONE NUMBER,
                   INCLUDING AREA CODE, OF AGENT FOR SERVICE)
                            ------------------------
 
                                   COPIES TO:
                                  OWEN C. MARX
                              DORSEY & WHITNEY LLP
                                250 PARK AVENUE
                            NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10177
                                 (212) 415-9285
                            ------------------------
 
     APPROXIMATE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF PROPOSED SALE TO THE PUBLIC: From time
to time after the effective date of this Registration Statement.
 
     If the only securities being registered on this Form are being offered
pursuant to dividend or interest reinvestment plans, please check the following
box: [ ]
 
     If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on
a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of
1933, check the following box: [X]
 
     If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering
pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box
and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier
effective registration statement for the same offering: [ ]
 
     If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c)
under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration statement number of the earliest effective registration statement
for the same offering: [ ]
 
     If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434,
please check the following box: [ ]
                            ------------------------
 
                        CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       PROPOSED            PROPOSED
                                                                        MAXIMUM             MAXIMUM          AMOUNT OF
                                                                    AGGREGATE PRICE        AGGREGATE        REGISTRATION
   TITLE OF SHARES TO BE REGISTERED      AMOUNT TO BE REGISTERED      PER UNIT(1)      OFFERING PRICE(1)        FEE
<S>                                      <C>                        <C>                <C>                  <C>
Equipment Lease-Backed Notes..........         $ 1,000,000                100%            $ 1,000,000         $ 303.03
</TABLE>
 
(1) Estimated solely for the purposes of calculating the registration fee
    pursuant to Rule 457.
                            ------------------------
 
     THE REGISTRANT HEREBY AMENDS THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON SUCH DATE OR
DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT SHALL
FILE A FURTHER AMENDMENT WHICH SPECIFICALLY STATES THAT THIS REGISTRATION
STATEMENT SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(a) OF
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 OR UNTIL THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL BECOME
EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS THE COMMISSION, ACTING PURSUANT TO SAID SECTION 8(a),
MAY DETERMINE.
 
________________________________________________________________________________


<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
                                EXPLANATORY NOTE
 
     This Registration Statement contains (i) a form of Prospectus relating to
the offering of series of Equipment Lease-Backed Notes by various trusts created
from time to time by Antigua Funding Corporation and (ii) a form of prospectus
supplement to be used in connection with a hypothetical series of Notes.


<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>

                SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED SEPTEMBER 2, 1997

Information contained herein is subject to completion or amendment. A
registration statement remaining to these securities has been filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission. These securities may not be sold nor may
offers to buy be accepted prior to the time the registration statement becomes
effective. This prospectus supplement shall not constitute an offer to sell or
the solicitation of an offer to buy nor shall there be any sale of these
securities in any State in which such offer, solicitation or sale would be
unlawful prior to registration or qualification under the securities laws of
any such State.

PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT
(TO PROSPECTUS DATED                , 1997)
                                $
                  CAPITA EQUIPMENT RECEIVABLES TRUST 1997-
 
             $            %  RECEIVABLE-BACKED NOTES,  CLASS
             $            %  RECEIVABLE-BACKED NOTES,  CLASS
             $            %  RECEIVABLE-BACKED NOTES,  CLASS
             $            %  RECEIVABLE-BACKED NOTES,  CLASS
             $            %  RECEIVABLE-BACKED NOTES,  CLASS

 
                          ANTIGUA FUNDING CORPORATION
                                   DEPOSITOR
                            AT&T CAPITAL CORPORATION
                                    SERVICER
 
     Capita Equipment Receivables Trust 1997-  (the 'Owner Trust') will be
formed pursuant to a Trust Agreement between Antigua Funding Corporation (the
'Depositor'), an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of AT&T Capital Corporation
('TCC'), and the Owner Trustee. The Receivable-Backed Notes (the 'Notes') will
be issued by the Owner Trust pursuant to an Indenture (the 'Indenture') between
the Owner Trust and [                    ], as Indenture Trustee (the 'Indenture
Trustee'). The Notes will consist of [          ] classes of senior notes,
designated as the Class [     ]Notes (collectively, the 'Senior Notes'), and
[          ] classes of subordinated notes, designated as the Class [     ]
Notes (collectively, the 'Subordinate Notes'). The proceeds from the issuance of
the Notes, together with the proceeds of the Equity Certificates to be issued by
the Owner Trust to the Depositor (which will thereafter be transferred by the
Depositor in a transaction unrelated to the issuance of the Notes), will be used
to acquire a pool of equipment leases, installment sale contracts, promissory
notes, loan and security agreements and similar types of receivables (the
'Contracts'). TCC will service the Contracts pursuant to a Transfer and
Servicing Agreement among the Depositor, TCC, the Indenture Trustee and the
Owner Trust. Of the Notes being offered, $[           ] initial principal amount
of the Class [     ] Notes are being offered initially in the United States by
the U.S. Underwriters and $[           ] are being offered initially outside the
United States by the International Managers. The Initial Public Offering Price
and Underwriting Discount will be identical for both offerings.

                            ------------------------
FOR A DISCUSSION OF CERTAIN FACTORS RELATING TO THIS OFFERING, SEE 'RISK
FACTORS' ON PAGE S-20 HEREIN.
                            ------------------------

THE NOTES WILL REPRESENT OBLIGATIONS OF THE OWNER TRUST AND WILL NOT REPRESENT
    INTERESTS IN OR OBLIGATIONS OF ANTIGUA FUNDING CORPORATION, AT&T CAPITAL
               CORPORATION OR ANY OF THEIR RESPECTIVE AFFILIATES.
 
THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES
   AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION, NOR HAS THE
    SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES
     COMMISSION PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS
      PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     INITIAL PUBLIC           UNDERWRITING          PROCEEDS TO
                                                                    OFFERING PRICE(1)         DISCOUNT (2)       THE DEPOSITOR(1)(3)
<S>                                                             <C>                     <C>                   <C>

Per Class      Note..........................................
Per Class      Note..........................................
Per Class      Note..........................................
Per Class      Note..........................................
Per Class      Note..........................................
     Total...................................................                 %                      %                          %

</TABLE>
 
(1) Plus accrued interest, if any, at the applicable Interest Rate, from
    [                    ].
(2) TCC and certain of its affiliates have agreed to indemnify the U.S.
    Underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the
    Securities Act of 1933. See 'Underwriting.'
(3) Before deducting expenses payable by the Depositor, estimated to be
    $[          ].
                            ------------------------
     The Notes are offered severally by the U.S. Underwriters, as specified
herein, subject to prior sale and subject to the U.S. Underwriters' right to
reject orders in whole or in part. It is expected that the Notes will be ready
for delivery in book-entry form through the facilities of The Depository Trust
Company in New York, New York, Cedel Bank, Societe anonyme, and the Euroclear
System against payment therefor in immediately available funds on or about
[                         ].
     Application has been made to list the Notes on the Luxembourg Stock
Exchange.
 
                                 [Underwriters]
 
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
     The Owner Trust will also issue a single class of certificates of
beneficial interest, the Equity Certificates, which are not being offered
hereby. It is expected that the Equity Certificates will initially represent the
right to receive principal in an amount equal to approximately [     ]% of the
Initial Contract Pool Principal Balance, together with interest thereon at a
rate of [     ]% per annum.
 
     The Notes and the Equity Certificates will be payable solely from, and
secured by, the Amount Available on each Payment Date (which will consist
primarily of the Scheduled Payments due under the Contracts, certain amounts
received upon the prepayment or purchase of Contracts or (to the extent not
payable to the Depositor, as described below) liquidation of the Contracts and
disposition of the related Equipment upon defaults thereunder, and investment
earnings on amounts deposited in the Collection Account established pursuant to
the Indenture, in each case subject to prior application to pay the Servicing
Fee, together with amounts permitted to be withdrawn therefor from a Cash
Collateral Account) in the order of priority described herein.
 
     The Owner Trust will have a security interest in all Equipment securing the
Contracts financing a sale of such Equipment to the related Obligor ('Loan
Contracts'), and all Liquidation Proceeds (including any derived from the
disposition of the related Equipment) received with respect to any defaulted
Loan Contracts will be payable to the Owner Trust. The Depositor will not
transfer to the Owner Trust its ownership or security interest in the Equipment
(the 'Leased Equipment') subject to the Contracts evidencing a lease of such
Equipment to the related Obligor ('Lease Contracts'), including the right to
receive the Leased Equipment (or the purchase price therefor or proceeds
thereof) upon expiration of the original term of the related Lease Contract. The
Liquidation Proceeds received with respect to any defaulted Lease Contract
(including any derived from the disposition of the related Leased Equipment)
will be allocated between the Owner Trust and the Depositor as described herein.
Amounts payable to the Depositor in respect of the Leased Equipment or otherwise
in respect of Liquidation Proceeds of defaulted Lease Contracts will not be
available for payment of interest or principal on the Notes.
 
     THE LIKELIHOOD OF PAYMENT OF INTEREST ON EACH CLASS OF NOTES WILL BE
ENHANCED BY THE APPLICATION OF THE AMOUNT AVAILABLE, AFTER PAYMENT OF THE
SERVICING FEE, TO THE PAYMENT OF SUCH INTEREST PRIOR TO THE PAYMENT OF PRINCIPAL
ON ANY OF THE NOTES OR THE EQUITY CERTIFICATES, AS WELL AS BY THE PREFERENTIAL
RIGHT OF THE HOLDERS OF NOTES OF EACH SUCH CLASS TO RECEIVE SUCH INTEREST (1) IN
THE CASE OF THE SENIOR NOTES, PRIOR TO THE PAYMENT OF ANY INTEREST ON THE
SUBORDINATE NOTES OR THE EQUITY CERTIFICATES, AND (2) IN THE CASE OF THE
SUBORDINATE NOTES, PRIOR TO THE PAYMENT OF ANY INTEREST ON THE EQUITY
CERTIFICATES. LIKEWISE, THE LIKELIHOOD OF PAYMENT OF PRINCIPAL ON EACH CLASS OF
NOTES WILL BE ENHANCED BY THE PREFERENTIAL RIGHT OF THE HOLDERS OF NOTES OF EACH
SUCH CLASS TO RECEIVE SUCH PRINCIPAL, TO THE EXTENT OF THE AMOUNT AVAILABLE,
AFTER PAYMENT OF THE SERVICING FEE AND INTEREST ON THE NOTES AND THE EQUITY
CERTIFICATES AS AFORESAID, (i) IN THE CASE OF THE SENIOR NOTES, PRIOR TO THE
PAYMENT OF ANY PRINCIPAL ON THE SUBORDINATE NOTES OR (EXCEPT AS DESCRIBED
HEREIN) THE EQUITY CERTIFICATES, AND (ii) IN THE CASE OF THE SUBORDINATE NOTES,
PRIOR TO THE PAYMENT OF ANY PRINCIPAL ON THE EQUITY CERTIFICATES, EXCEPT AS
DESCRIBED HEREIN. SEE 'DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES' HEREIN AND IN THE ACCOMPANYING
PROSPECTUS.
 
     To the extent the Amount Available is sufficient therefor after payment of
the Servicing Fee, interest at the rate per annum noted above for each of the
Class   , Class   , Class   , Class   and Class   Notes (the applicable
'Interest Rate') will be paid to Holders of each Class of Notes, and principal
will be paid on the applicable Class of Notes, on the 15th day of each month
(or, if such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day),
commencing                          (each, a 'Payment Date'). The Stated
Maturity Date for the Class   Notes is                      , but final payment
of any Class of Notes could occur significantly earlier than the Stated Maturity
Date of such Class.
 
     The Notes are subject to redemption in whole as described herein under
'Description of the Notes -- Optional Purchase of Contracts' herein and in the
accompanying Prospectus.
 
     There is currently no secondary market for the Notes and there is no
assurance that one will develop. The U.S. Underwriters expect, but will not be
obligated, to make a market in the Notes in the United States. The International
Managers expect, but will not be obligated, to make a market in the Notes
outside the United States. There is no assurance that either such market will
develop, or if either
 
                                      S-2
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
such market does develop, that such market will continue. See 'Risk Factors'
herein and in the accompanying Prospectus.
 
     It is a condition of issuance of the Notes that each of
[                         ] (i) rate the [                         ] Notes in
its highest rating category, and (ii) rate the [                    ] Notes at
least [       ] respectively. See 'Ratings of the Notes' herein and in the
accompanying Prospectus.
 
     THIS PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT DOES NOT CONTAIN COMPLETE INFORMATION ABOUT THE
OFFERING OF THE NOTES. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION IS CONTAINED IN THE PROSPECTUS,
AND PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS ARE URGED TO READ BOTH THIS PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT AND
THE PROSPECTUS IN FULL. SALES OF THE NOTES MAY NOT BE CONSUMMATED UNLESS THE
PURCHASER HAS RECEIVED BOTH THIS PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT AND THE PROSPECTUS. TO
THE EXTENT ANY STATEMENTS IN THIS PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT CONFLICT WITH STATEMENTS
IN THE PROSPECTUS, THE STATEMENTS IN THIS PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT SHALL CONTROL.
 
     CERTAIN PERSONS PARTICIPATING IN THIS OFFERING MAY ENGAGE IN TRANSACTIONS
THAT STABILIZE, MAINTAIN OR OTHERWISE AFFECT THE PRICE OF THE NOTES, INCLUDING
OVER-ALLOTMENT, STABILIZING AND SHORT-COVERING TRANSACTIONS IN SUCH SECURITIES,
AND THE IMPOSITION OF A PENALTY BID, DURING AND AFTER THE OFFERING. FOR A
DESCRIPTION OF THESE ACTIVITIES, SEE 'UNDERWRITING.'
 
     Upon receipt of a request by an investor who has received an electronic
Prospectus and related Prospectus Supplement from any Underwriter or a request
by such investor's representative within the period during which there is an
obligation to deliver a Prospectus and related Prospectus Supplement, such
Underwriter will promptly deliver, or cause to be delivered, without charge, to
such investor a paper copy of the Prospectus and related Prospectus Supplement.
 
                            ------------------------
 
                           INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE
 
     All documents filed by the Servicer, on behalf of the Owner Trust, pursuant
to Section 13(a), 13(c), 14 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended (the 'Exchange Act'), after the date of this Prospectus Supplement and
prior to the termination of the offering of the Notes shall be deemed to be
incorporated by reference into this Prospectus Supplement. Any statement
contained herein or in a document incorporated or deemed to be incorporated by
reference herein shall be deemed to be modified or superseded for purposes of
this Prospectus Supplement to the extent that a statement contained herein or in
any subsequently filed document which also is to be incorporated by reference
herein modifies or supersedes such statement. Any such statement so modified or
superseded shall not be deemed, except as so modified or superseded, to
constitute a part of this Prospectus Supplement.
 
     The Depositor will provide without charge to each person to whom a copy of
this Prospectus Supplement is delivered on the written or oral request of such
person, a copy of any or all of the documents incorporated herein by reference,
except the exhibits to such documents. Requests for such copies should be
directed to Antigua Funding Corporation, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington,
Delaware 19801, Attention: Secretary.
 
                             REPORTS TO NOTEHOLDERS
 
     Unless and until Definitive Notes are issued, monthly unaudited reports
containing information concerning the Owner Trust, and prepared by the Servicer,
will be sent by the Indenture Trustee on behalf of the Owner Trust only to Cede
& Co., as nominee of The Depository Trust Company ('DTC') and registered holder
of the Notes[, and to the Luxembourg Paying Agent]. See 'Description of the
Notes Book-Entry Registration' in the accompanying Prospectus. In the event
Definitive Notes are issued, such reports will be sent to Noteholders as of the
most recent Record Date [and to the Luxembourg Paying Agent]. Such reports will
not constitute financial statements prepared in
 
                                      S-3
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. See 'Description of
the Notes Reports to Noteholders' for additional information concerning periodic
reports to Noteholders. Note Owners may receive such reports, upon written
request to the Indenture Trustee, together with a certification that they are
Note Owners. Any such request should be made to the Indenture Trustee at the
following address: [                                     ] (facsimile
                              ), Attention:
                                     . Neither TCC nor the Depositor intends to
send any of its financial reports to Note Owners. The Servicer, on behalf of the
Owner Trust, will file with the Commission periodic reports concerning the Owner
Trust to the extent required under the Exchange Act and the rules and
regulations of the Commission thereunder. However, in accordance with the
Exchange Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder, the
Depositor expects that the Owner Trust's obligation to file such reports will be
terminated at the end of 199  .
 
                                      S-4

<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  SECTION                                                     PAGE
                                                  -------                                                     ----
 
<S>                                                                                                           <C>
INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE.................................................................................    S-3
REPORTS TO NOTEHOLDERS.....................................................................................    S-3
PROSPECTUS SUMMARY.........................................................................................    S-6
RISK FACTORS...............................................................................................   S-20
     Limited Assets of the Owner Trust.....................................................................   S-20
     Subordination of the Subordinate Notes................................................................   S-20
     Yield and Prepayment Considerations...................................................................   S-20
     No Gross-Up for Withholding Tax.......................................................................   S-20
     Limited Liquidity.....................................................................................   S-21
THE OWNER TRUST............................................................................................   S-21
     The Owner Trust.......................................................................................   S-21
     Capitalization of the Owner Trust.....................................................................   S-22
     The Owner Trustee.....................................................................................   S-22
THE CONTRACTS..............................................................................................   S-22
     Description of the Contracts..........................................................................   S-22
     Representations and Warranties Made by AT&T Capital Corporation.......................................   S-23
     Certain Statistics Relating to the Cut-Off Date Contract Pool.........................................   S-23
     Certain Statistics Relating to Delinquencies and Defaults.............................................   S-26
WEIGHTED AVERAGE LIFE OF THE NOTES.........................................................................   S-27
DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES...................................................................................   S-29
     General...............................................................................................   S-29
     Distributions.........................................................................................   S-29
     Senior Interest.......................................................................................   S-30
     Subordinate Interest..................................................................................   S-31
     Principal.............................................................................................   S-31
     Subordination of Subordinate Notes and Equity Certificates............................................   S-32
     Cash Collateral Account...............................................................................   S-33
     Liquidated Contracts..................................................................................   S-33
     Optional Purchase of Contracts........................................................................   S-34
     Reports to Noteholders................................................................................   S-34
     The Indenture Trustee.................................................................................   S-35
UNITED STATES TAXATION.....................................................................................   S-35
     Treatment of the Notes................................................................................   S-36
     Treatment of the Owner Trust..........................................................................   S-36
     Payments of Interest..................................................................................   S-36
     Original Issue Discount...............................................................................   S-36
     Market Discount.......................................................................................   S-36
     Amortizable Bond Premium..............................................................................   S-37
     Sale, Exchange or Retirement of Notes.................................................................   S-37
     Tax Consequences to United States Alien Holders.......................................................   S-37
     Backup Withholding....................................................................................   S-39
ERISA CONSIDERATIONS.......................................................................................   S-39
RATINGS OF THE NOTES.......................................................................................   S-40
USE OF PROCEEDS............................................................................................   S-41
UNDERWRITING...............................................................................................   S-41
LEGAL MATTERS..............................................................................................   S-42
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION.....................................................................................   S-42
INDEX OF PRINCIPAL TERMS...................................................................................   S-43
CERTAIN U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX DOCUMENTATION REQUIREMENTS.................................................   S-46
</TABLE>
 
                                      S-5


<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
                               PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
 
     The following summary is qualified in its entirety by reference to the
detailed information appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus Supplement and in
the accompanying Prospectus. Certain capitalized terms used in this Prospectus
Summary are defined elsewhere in this Prospectus Supplement and in the
Prospectus.
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                         <C>
Issuer....................................  A trust, referred to as the 'Capita Equipment Receivables Trust
                                              1997 --                ' (the 'Owner Trust'), formed by the
                                              Depositor and governed by a Trust Agreement (the 'Trust
                                              Agreement'), dated as of                , 1997, between the
                                              Depositor and the Owner Trustee. See 'The Owner Trust.'
Depositor.................................  Antigua Funding Corporation (the 'Depositor'), a direct subsidiary of
                                              the Originators and an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of AT&T
                                              Capital Corporation ('TCC'). The Depositor has acquired or will
                                              acquire the Contracts and the Originators' interests in the
                                              equipment subject thereto (the 'Equipment') on the Closing Date
                                              pursuant to          substantially similar Purchase and Sale
                                              Agreements (the 'Purchase Agreements') among the Depositor, TCC and
                                              one or more of the Originators. On the Closing Date, the Depositor
                                              will transfer the Contracts and the other Trust Assets (as
                                              described under 'Trust Assets' below) to the Owner Trust pursuant
                                              to a Transfer and Servicing Agreement (the 'Transfer and Servicing
                                              Agreement'), dated as of                , 1997, among the
                                              Depositor, TCC, as Servicer, the Indenture Trustee and the Owner
                                              Trust. See 'The Depositor' in the accompanying Prospectus.
Servicer..................................  TCC will, pursuant to the Transfer and Servicing Agreement, act as
                                              Servicer of the Contracts. See 'Description of the Transfer and
                                              Servicing Agreement -- Servicing' and 'AT&T Capital Corporation' in
                                              the accompanying Prospectus.
Indenture Trustee.........................                               , in its capacity as trustee under an
                                              Indenture (the 'Indenture'), dated as of                   ,
                                              between the Owner Trust and the Indenture Trustee.
Owner Trustee.............................                               , in its capacity as trustee under the
                                              Trust Agreement.
The Notes.................................  Pursuant to the Indenture, the Owner Trust will issue       classes
                                              of notes (the 'Notes'), consisting of [     ] classes of senior
                                              notes (the 'Senior Notes') and [     ] classes of subordinate Notes
                                              (the 'Subordinate Notes'). See 'Description of the Notes.' The
                                              Owner Trust will also issue a single class of certificates of
                                              beneficial interest (the 'Equity Certificates') to the Depositor.
                                              The Equity Certificates are not being offered hereby. See 'Equity
                                              Certificates' below.
Interest..................................  Interest on the outstanding principal balance of the Notes of each
                                              Class will accrue at the interest rate for such Class specified on
                                              the cover page of this Prospectus Supplement (the 'Interest Rate'
                                              for such Class) from and including the Closing Date to but
                                              excluding [         ] (in the case of the first interest period),
                                              and thereafter for each successive
</TABLE>
 
                                      S-6
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                         <C>
                                              Payment Date from and including the most recent prior Payment Date
                                              to which interest has been paid, to but excluding such Payment
                                              Date, in each case calculated on the basis of a 360-day year
                                              comprised of twelve 30-day months. To the extent the Amount
                                              Available is sufficient therefor after payment of the Servicing
                                              Fee, the amount of interest to be paid on the Notes on each Payment
                                              Date will be equal to one-twelfth of the product of (i) the
                                              applicable Interest Rate and (ii) the related Class principal
                                              balance as of the immediately preceding Payment Date (after giving
                                              effect to reductions in principal balance on such immediately
                                              preceding Payment Date) (or, in the case of the first interest
                                              period, interest accrued from and including the Closing Date to but
                                              excluding [         ]). In the event that, on a given Payment Date,
                                              the Amount Available is not sufficient to make a full payment of
                                              interest to the Holders of Senior Notes, the amount of interest to
                                              be paid on the Senior Notes will be allocated among each Class
                                              thereof (and within a Class among the Notes of such Class) pro rata
                                              in accordance with their respective entitlements to interest, and
                                              the amount of such shortfall will be carried forward and, together
                                              with interest thereon at the applicable Interest Rate, added to the
                                              amount of interest such Holders will be entitled to receive on the
                                              next Payment Date. In the event that, on a given Payment Date, the
                                              Amount Available, after payment of interest on the Senior Notes, is
                                              not sufficient to make a full payment of interest to the Holders of
                                              Subordinate Notes, the amount of interest to be paid on the
                                              Subordinate Notes will be allocated among the Notes of such Class
                                              pro rata in accordance with their respective entitlements to
                                              interest, and the amount of such shortfall will be carried forward
                                              and, together with interest thereon at the Subordinate Interest
                                              Rate, added to the amount of interest such Holders will be entitled
                                              to receive on the next Payment Date. See 'Description of the
                                              Notes.'
Principal.................................  To the extent the Amount Available is sufficient therefor after
                                              payment of interest on the Notes and the Equity Certificates, the
                                              aggregate amount of principal to be paid on the Notes and the
                                              Equity Certificates on each Payment Date will equal the Monthly
                                              Principal Amount. Principal payable on the Notes will be paid
                                              sequentially on each Payment Date in respect of principal on the
                                              Senior Notes until the Principal Balance of each Class thereof has
                                              been reduced to zero, then in respect of principal on the
                                              Subordinate Notes until the Principal Balance has been reduced to
                                              zero. Commencing on the first Payment Date, however,   % of the
                                              Monthly Principal Amount for each Payment Date will be payable on
                                              the Equity Certificates, on a parity with payment of principal on
                                              the Notes, until the aggregate amount so paid equals $
                                              (which is approximately [  ]% of the Initial Contract Pool
                                              Principal Balance). See 'Description of the Notes -- Principal.'
</TABLE>
 
                                      S-7
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                         <C>
                                            The 'Monthly Principal Amount' for any Payment Date will equal the
                                              excess, if any, of (i) the sum of the principal balances of the
                                              Notes and the Equity Certificates as of such Payment Date
                                              (determined prior to the payment of any principal in respect
                                              thereof on such Payment Date), over (ii) the aggregate of the
                                              Contract Principal Balances of the Contracts (the 'Contract Pool
                                              Principal Balance') as of the last day of the Collection Period
                                              relating to such Payment Date.
                                            The 'Contract Principal Balance' of any Contract as of the last day
                                              of any Collection Period is:
                                                   (1) in the case of any Contract that does not by its terms
                                                 permit prepayment or early termination, or that permits
                                                 prepayment or early termination only upon payment of a premium
                                                 that has the effect of capturing the yield of the Contract, the
                                                 present value of the unpaid Scheduled Payments due on such
                                                 Contract after such last day of the Collection Period (excluding
                                                 all Scheduled Payments due on or prior to, but not received as
                                                 of, such last day, as well as any Scheduled Payments due after
                                                 such last day and received on or prior thereto), after giving
                                                 effect to any Prepayments received on or prior to such last day,
                                                 discounted monthly at the rate of [  ]% per annum (assuming, for
                                                 purposes of such calculation, that each Scheduled Payment is due
                                                 on the last day of the applicable Collection Period); and
                                                   (2) in the case of any Contract that permits prepayment or
                                                 early termination without a premium, the lesser of (a) the
                                                 outstanding principal balance of such Contract after giving
                                                 effect to Scheduled Payments due on or prior to such last day of
                                                 the Collection Period, whether or not received, as well as any
                                                 Prepayments, and any Scheduled Payments due after such last day,
                                                 received on or prior to such last day, and (b) the present value
                                                 of the unpaid Scheduled Payments due on such Contract after such
                                                 last day of the Collection Period (excluding all Scheduled
                                                 Payments due on or prior to, but not received as of, such last
                                                 day, as well as any Scheduled Payments due after such last day
                                                 and received prior thereto), after giving effect to any
                                                 Prepayments received on or prior to such last day, discounted
                                                 monthly at the rate of [ ]% per annum (assuming, for purposes of
                                                 such calculation, that each Scheduled Payment is due on the last
                                                 day of the applicable Collection Period).
                                            The Contract Principal Balance of any Contract which became a
                                              Liquidated Contract during a given Collection Period or which TCC
                                              was obligated to purchase as of the end of a given Collection
                                              Period due to a breach of representations and warranties, will, for
                                              purposes of computing the Monthly Principal Amount and the
                                              Requisite Amount for the Cash Collateral Account, be deemed to be
                                              zero on and after the last day of such Collection Period.
</TABLE>
 
                                      S-8
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                         <C>
                                            A 'Liquidated Contract' is any Contract (a) which the Servicer has
                                              charged off as uncollectible in accordance with its credit and
                                              collection policies and procedures (which shall be no later than
                                              the date as of which the Servicer has repossessed and disposed of
                                              the related Equipment, or otherwise collected all proceeds which,
                                              in the Servicer's reasonable judgment, can be collected under such
                                              Contract), or (b) as to which 10% or more of a Scheduled Payment is
                                              delinquent 180 days or more. See 'Description of the
                                              Notes -- Principal.'
                                            The 'Collection Period' for any Payment Date will be the calendar
                                              month preceding the month in which such Payment Date occurs.
                                            The 'Initial Contract Pool Principal Balance' is $[          ] (which
                                              amount is based upon the Contract Pool Principal Balance determined
                                              as of the Cut-Off Date, but also includes an amount in respect of
                                              Scheduled Payments on the Contracts due prior to, but not received
                                              as of, the Cut-Off Date). The aggregate of the initial principal
                                              balances of the Notes and the Equity Certificates will be equal to
                                              or less than the Initial Contract Pool Principal Balance.
Stated Maturity Dates.....................  If and to the extent not previously paid, the outstanding principal
                                              balance of each Class of Notes will be payable on the Stated
                                              Maturity Date of such Class. The Class [  ] Stated Maturity Date
                                              will be [               ].
Denominations.............................  The Notes will be available for purchase in denominations of $10,000
                                              and integral multiples thereof.
Closing Date..............................  On or about [               ].
Cut-Off Date..............................  [               ].
Payment Dates and Record Dates............  Interest and principal on the Notes will be paid on the 15th day of
                                              each month (or, if such 15th day is not a Business Day, the next
                                              succeeding Business Day), commencing in [               ], to
                                              Holders of record on the Business Day immediately preceding such
                                              Payment Date (so long as the Notes are held in book-entry form), or
                                              to Holders of record on the last day of the preceding calendar
                                              month (if Definitive Notes have been issued).
Subordination.............................  The likelihood of payment of interest on each Class of Notes will be
                                              enhanced by the application of the Amount Available, after payment
                                              of the Servicing Fee, to the payment of such interest prior to the
                                              payment of principal on any of the Notes or the Equity
                                              Certificates, as well as by the preferential right of the Holders
                                              of Notes of each such Class to receive such interest (1) in the
                                              case of the Senior Notes, prior to the payment of any interest on
                                              the Subordinate Notes or the Equity Certificates, and (2) in the
                                              case of the Subordinate Notes, prior to the payment of any interest
                                              on the Equity Certificates. Likewise, the likelihood of payment of
                                              principal on each Class of Notes will be enhanced by the
                                              preferential right of the Holders of Notes of each such Class to
                                              receive such principal, to the extent of
</TABLE>
 
                                      S-9
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                         <C>
                                              the Amount Available, after payment of the Servicing Fee and
                                              interest on the Notes and the Equity Certificates as aforesaid, (i)
                                              in the case of the Senior Notes, prior to the payment of any
                                              principal on the Subordinate Notes or (except as described herein)
                                              the Equity Certificates, and (ii) in the case of the Subordinate
                                              Notes, prior to the payment of any principal on the Equity
                                              Certificates, except as described herein. See 'Description of the
                                              Notes.'
Ratings...................................  It is a condition of issuance of the Notes that each of [         ]
                                              (i) rate the Senior Notes in its highest rating category and (ii)
                                              rate the Subordinate Notes at least [         ] respectively. The
                                              rating of each Class addresses the likelihood of the timely receipt
                                              of interest and payment of principal on such Class of Notes on or
                                              before the Stated Maturity Date for such Class. A rating is not a
                                              recommendation to buy, sell or hold securities and may be subject
                                              to revision or withdrawal at any time by the assigning Rating
                                              Agency. The ratings of the Notes do not address the likelihood of
                                              payment of principal on any Class of Notes prior to the Stated
                                              Maturity Date thereof, or the possibility of the imposition of
                                              United States withholding tax with respect to non-United States
                                              Persons. See 'Ratings of the Notes' herein and in the accompanying
                                              Prospectus.
Use of Proceeds...........................  The proceeds from the offering and sale of the Notes, together with
                                              the proceeds derived by the Depositor from its disposition of the
                                              Equity Certificates, after funding a portion of the Cash Collateral
                                              Account and paying the expenses of the Depositor, will be paid to
                                              the Originators by the Depositor in connection with the transfer of
                                              the Contracts and the Originators' interests in the Equipment.
Trust Assets..............................  The Trust Assets will consist of:
                                                   (i) a pool of equipment lease contracts (each, a 'Lease
                                                 Contract') and installment sale contracts, promissory notes,
                                                 loan and security agreements and other similar types of
                                                 receivables (each, a 'Loan Contract') (all such Lease Contracts
                                                 and Loan Contracts being referred to herein as the 'Contracts')
                                                 with various lessees, borrowers or other obligors thereunder
                                                 (each, an 'Obligor'), including (a) all monies at any time paid
                                                 or payable thereon or in respect thereof from and after the
                                                 Cut-Off Date in the form of (1) Scheduled Payments (including
                                                 all Scheduled Payments due prior to, but not received as of, the
                                                 Cut-Off Date, but excluding any Scheduled Payments due on or
                                                 after, but received prior to, the Cut-Off Date), (2) Prepay-
                                                 ments (but excluding, in the case of a Lease Contract, any
                                                 portion thereof allocated to the Depositor, as described in
                                                 clause (ii) of the definition of 'Pledged Revenues'), and (3)
                                                 Liquidation Proceeds (including any derived from the disposition
                                                 of the related Equipment) received with respect to defaulted
                                                 Contracts (excluding, in the case of a Lease Contract, any
                                                 portion thereof allocable to the Depositor, as described under
                                                 'Liquidated Contracts'
</TABLE>
 
                                      S-10
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                         <C>
                                                 below), and (b) all rights of the secured party in the Equipment
                                                 related to the Loan Contracts, but excluding the rights of the
                                                 lessor in the Leased Equipment (which rights, subject to the
                                                 allocation of Liquidation Proceeds received in respect thereof,
                                                 have been retained by the Depositor);
                                                   (ii) amounts on deposit in (and Eligible Investments allocated
                                                 to) certain accounts established pursuant to the Indenture and
                                                 the Transfer and Servicing Agreement, including the Collection
                                                 Account; and
                                                   (iii) certain other property and assets as herein described.
                                            The Trust Assets will secure payment of the Notes. See 'Source of
                                              Payment and Security' below and 'The Owner Trust.'
Source of Payment and Security............  Principal of and interest on the Notes and the Equity Certificates
                                              will be paid on each Payment Date, after payment of the Servicing
                                              Fee, solely from, and secured by, the 'Amount Available' for such
                                              Payment Date, which is equal to the sum of (a) those Pledged
                                              Revenues on deposit in the Collection Account as of the last
                                              Business Day preceding the related Determination Date (the 'Deposit
                                              Date') (i) which were received by the Servicer during the related
                                              Collection Period or which represent amounts paid by TCC or the
                                              Depositor to purchase Contracts as of the end of such Collection
                                              Period ('Related Collection Period Pledged Revenues'), or (ii) to
                                              the extent necessary to pay interest on the Notes and the Equity
                                              Certificates on such Payment Date, which were received by the
                                              Servicer after the end of the related Collection Period but on or
                                              prior to such Deposit Date ('Current Collection Period Pledged
                                              Revenues'), plus (b) amounts permitted to be withdrawn therefor
                                              from the Cash Collateral Account, as described under 'Cash
                                              Collateral Account' below.
                                            'Pledged Revenues' will consist of:
                                                   (i) 'Scheduled Payments' on the Contracts (which will consist
                                                 of all payments under the Contracts other than those portions of
                                                 such payments which, under the Contracts, are to be (A) applied
                                                 by the Servicer to the payment of insurance charges,
                                                 maintenance, taxes and other similar obligations, or (B)
                                                 retained by the Servicer in payment of Administrative Fees)
                                                 received on or after the Cut-Off Date and due during the term of
                                                 the Contracts, without giving effect to end-of-term extensions
                                                 or renewals thereof (including all Scheduled Payments due prior
                                                 to, but not received as of, the Cut-Off Date, but excluding any
                                                 Scheduled Payments due on or after, but received prior to, the
                                                 Cut-Off Date);
                                                   (ii) any voluntary prepayments ('Prepayments') received on or
                                                 after the Cut-Off Date under the Contracts, provided that the
                                                 amount, if any, by which any such
</TABLE>
 
                                      S-11
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                         <C>
                                                 Prepayment exceeds the Required Payoff Amount of a Lease
                                                 Contract will not constitute Pledged Revenues but will be
                                                 allocated to the Depositor;
                                                   (iii) any amounts paid by TCC to purchase Contracts due to a
                                                 breach of representations and warranties with respect thereto,
                                                 as described under 'Mandatory Purchase of Certain Contracts'
                                                 below, excluding, in the case of a Lease Contract, any portion
                                                 thereof allocable to the Depositor;
                                                   (iv) any amounts paid by the Depositor to purchase the
                                                 Contracts as described under 'Optional Purchase of Contracts'
                                                 below;
                                                   (v) certain of the proceeds derived from the liquidation of
                                                 the Contracts and the related Equipment, as described under
                                                 'Liquidated Contracts' below; and
                                                   (vi) any earnings on the investment of amounts credited to the
                                                 Collection Account.
                                            The Depositor will not transfer to the Owner Trust (1) its ownership
                                              or security interest in the Leased Equipment, including the right
                                              to receive the Leased Equipment (or the purchase price therefor or
                                              proceeds thereof) upon expiration of the original term of the
                                              related Lease Contract, or (2) the right to receive a portion of
                                              (a) Prepayments, as described in clause (ii) above, and (b) the
                                              Liquidation Proceeds of any defaulted Lease Contract, including any
                                              derived from the disposition of the related Leased Equipment, as
                                              described under 'Liquidated Contracts' below. Amounts payable to
                                              the Depositor in respect of the Leased Equipment or otherwise in
                                              respect of Prepayments or Liquidation Proceeds of defaulted Lease
                                              Contracts will not be available for payment of interest or
                                              principal on the Notes. See 'Leased Equipment' below.
The Contracts.............................  The aggregate of the Contracts expected to be held by the Owner Trust
                                              as part of the Trust Assets, as of any particular date, is referred
                                              to as the 'Contract Pool,' and the Contract Pool, as of the Cut-Off
                                              Date, is referred to as the 'Cut-Off Date Contract Pool.' As of the
                                              Cut-Off Date, the Cut-Off Date Contract Pool had the following
                                              characteristics (unless otherwise noted, percentages are by Initial
                                              Contract Pool Principal Balance);
                                                   (i) the Initial Contract Pool Principal Balance is
                                                 $[          ];
                                                   (ii) there were [     ] Contracts;
                                                   (iii) the average Contract Principal Balance was approx-
                                                 imately $[          ];
                                                   (iv) of such Contracts, approximately [  ]% were Lease
                                                 Contracts and approximately [  ]% were Loan Contracts;
                                                   (v) approximately [  ]% of such Contracts related to
                                                 telecommunications equipment; approximately [  ]% of such
                                                 Contracts related to manufacturing and construction
</TABLE>
 
                                      S-12
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                         <C>
                                                 equipment; and approximately [  ]% of such Contracts related to
                                                 computers and point-of-sale equipment;
                                                   (vi) the Obligors on approximately [  ]% of the Contracts were
                                                 located in [               ]; and no other state represented
                                                 more than [  ]% of the Contracts;
                                                   (vii) approximately [  ]% of the Contracts had been originated
                                                 by the Originators, with the remaining [  ]% of the Contracts
                                                 having been originated by third parties and purchased by an
                                                 Originator;
                                                   (viii) the remaining term of the Contracts ranged from
                                                 [         ] months to [         ]months; and
                                                   (ix) the weighted average remaining term of the Contracts was
                                                 approximately [         ] months and the weighted average age of
                                                 the Contracts was approximately [         ] months. See 'The
                                                 Contracts -- Certain Statistics Relating to the Cut-Off Date
                                                 Contract Pool.'
                                            TCC will make certain representations and warranties regarding each
                                              Contract, and will be obligated to purchase any Contract in the
                                              event of a breach of any such representation or warranty that
                                              materially and adversely affects the value of such Contract. See
                                              'Mandatory Purchase of Certain Contracts' below.
Originators...............................  The Contracts included in the Cut-Off Date Contract Pool have been
                                              originated or, in some cases, acquired by one or more of four
                                              subsidiaries of TCC: AT&T Capital Leasing Services, Inc. ('Leasing
                                              Services'), AT&T Credit Corporation ('Credit Corp.'), NCR Credit
                                              Corp. ('NCR Credit'), and the Portland division of AT&T Commercial
                                              Finance Corporation (such division is referred to herein as 'CFC')
                                              (collectively, the 'Originators'). See 'AT&T Capital Corporation'
                                              and 'The Originators.'
Contract Prepayments......................  TCC will represent and warrant that each Contract either (i) does not
                                              permit the Obligor thereunder to prepay the amounts due under such
                                              Lease Contract or otherwise terminate the Lease Contract prior to
                                              its scheduled expiration date, or (ii) allows for a prepayment or
                                              early termination upon payment of an amount which is not less than
                                              the Required Payoff Amount. Most Loan Contracts permit the Obligor
                                              thereunder to prepay the Loan Contract, in whole or in part, at any
                                              time at par plus accrued interest. Under the Transfer and Servicing
                                              Agreement, the Servicer will be permitted to allow Prepayments of
                                              any of the Contracts, but only if the amount paid by or on behalf
                                              of the Obligor (or, in the case of a partial Prepayment, the sum of
                                              such amount and the remaining Contract Principal Balance of the
                                              Contract after application of such amount) is at least equal to the
                                              Required Payoff Amount for such Contract.
                                            The 'Required Payoff Amount,' with respect to any Collection Period
                                              for any Contract, is equal to the sum of:
</TABLE>
 
                                      S-13
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                         <C>
                                                   (i) the Scheduled Payment due in such Collection Period,
                                                 together with any Scheduled Payments due in prior Collection
                                                 Periods and not yet received, plus
                                                   (ii) the Contract Principal Balance of such Contract as of the
                                                 last day of such Collection Period (after taking into account
                                                 the Scheduled Payment due in such Collection Period).
                                            In no event will Pledged Revenues include (nor will the Notes or the
                                              Equity Certificates otherwise be payable from) any portion of a
                                              Prepayment on a Lease Contract which exceeds the Required Payoff
                                              Amount for such Contract.
Liquidated Contracts......................  Liquidation Proceeds (which will consist generally of all amounts
                                              received by the Servicer in connection with the liquidation of a
                                              Contract and disposition of the related Equipment, net of any
                                              related out-of-pocket liquidation expenses) will be allocated as
                                              follows:
                                                   (i) with respect to any Loan Contract, all such Liquidation
                                                 Proceeds will be allocated to the Owner Trust; and
                                                   (ii) with respect to any Lease Contract, such Liquidation
                                                 Proceeds will be allocated on a pro rata basis between the
                                                 Depositor, on the one hand, and the Owner Trust, on the other,
                                                 based respectively on (a) the 'Book Value' of the Leased
                                                 Equipment (which is a fixed amount equal to the value of the
                                                 Leased Equipment as shown on the accounting books and records of
                                                 TCC or the applicable Originator, as appropriate, as of the
                                                 Cut-Off Date) and (b) the Required Payoff Amount for such Lease
                                                 Contract (determined as of the Collection Period during which
                                                 such Lease Contract became a Liquidated Contract); provided
                                                 that, in the event the Liquidation Proceeds in respect of any
                                                 Lease Contract and the related Leased Equipment exceed the sum
                                                 of the Required Payoff Amount for such Contract and the Book
                                                 Value of such Leased Equipment, any such excess shall be
                                                 allocated solely to the Depositor.
                                            All Liquidation Proceeds which are so allocable to the Owner Trust
                                              will be deposited in the Collection Account and constitute Pledged
                                              Revenues to be applied to the payment of interest and principal on
                                              the Notes and the Equity Certificates in accordance with the
                                              priorities described under 'Priority of Payments' below.
Servicing.................................  The Servicer will be responsible for managing, administering,
                                              servicing and making collections on the Contracts. Compensation to
                                              the Servicer will include a monthly fee (the 'Servicing Fee'),
                                              which will be payable to the Servicer from the Amount Available on
                                              each Payment Date, in an amount equal to the product of one-twelfth
                                              of [  ]% per annum multiplied by the Contract Pool Principal
                                              Balance determined as of the last day of the second preceding
                                              Collection Period (or, in the case of the Servicing Fee with
                                              respect to the Collection Period commencing on the Cut-Off Date,
                                              the
</TABLE>
 
                                      S-14
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                         <C>
                                              Contract Pool Principal Balance as of the Cut-Off Date), plus any
                                              late fees, late payment interest, documentation fees, insurance
                                              administration charges and other administrative charges and a
                                              portion of any extension fees (collectively, the 'Administrative
                                              Fees') collected with respect to the Contracts during the related
                                              Collection Period and any investment earnings on collections prior
                                              to deposit thereof in the Collection Account. The Servicer may be
                                              terminated as Servicer under certain circumstances, in which event
                                              a successor Servicer would be appointed to service the Contracts.
                                              See 'AT&T Capital Corporation' and 'Description of the Transfer and
                                              Servicing Agreement -- Servicing -- Events of Termination' in the
                                              Prospectus.
Mandatory Purchase of Certain Contracts...  TCC will make certain representations and warranties with respect to
                                              each Contract and the related Equipment, as more fully described in
                                              'The Contracts -- Representations and Warranties Made by TCC.' The
                                              Indenture Trustee will be entitled to require TCC to purchase any
                                              Contract and, in the case of a Lease Contract, the related Leased
                                              Equipment, at a price equal to (i) the Required Payoff Amount, plus
                                              (ii) if applicable, the Book Value of the related Leased Equipment
                                              (which Book Value amount will be allocated to the Depositor), if
                                              the value of the Contract is materially and adversely affected by a
                                              breach of any such representation or warranty which is not cured
                                              within a specified period.
Equity Certificates.......................  The Owner Trust will issue the Equity Certificates, representing the
                                              beneficial ownership interest in the Owner Trust, to the Depositor.
                                              The Equity Certificates will be transferred by the Depositor in a
                                              separate transaction unrelated to the issuance of the Notes. The
                                              Equity Certificates will be payable from Pledged Revenues in the
                                              priority described under 'Priority of Payments' below. It is
                                              expected that the Equity Certificates initially will represent the
                                              right to receive principal in an amount equal to approximately
                                              [  ]% of the Initial Contract Pool Principal Balance, together with
                                              interest thereon at an interest rate of [  ]% per annum. Commencing
                                              on the first Payment Date, [  ]% of the Monthly Principal Amount
                                              will be payable on the Equity Certificates on each Payment Date, on
                                              a parity with payment of principal on the Notes, until the
                                              aggregate amount so paid equals $[ ] (which is approximately [  ]%
                                              of the Initial Contract Pool Principal Balance).
Leased Equipment..........................  The Depositor will not transfer to the Owner Trust its ownership or
                                              security interest in the Equipment related to the Lease Contracts
                                              (the 'Leased Equipment'), including the right to receive the Leased
                                              Equipment (or the purchase price therefor or proceeds thereof) upon
                                              expiration of the original term of the related Lease Contract. The
                                              Depositor will also not transfer to the Owner Trust the right to
                                              receive the following:
</TABLE>
 
                                      S-15
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                         <C>
                                                   (i) a portion of certain Prepayments (as described in clause
                                                 (ii) of the definition of 'Pledged Revenues'), which portion is
                                                 anticipated to represent the value of the related Leased
                                                 Equipment;
                                                   (ii) a portion of the Liquidation Proceeds derived from the
                                                 liquidation of any Lease Contract and disposition of the related
                                                 Leased Equipment (as described under 'Liquidated Contracts'
                                                 above); and
                                                   (iii) the purchase price paid by TCC to purchase any Leased
                                                 Equipment due to a breach of any of TCC's representations and
                                                 warranties with respect to the related Lease Contract (as
                                                 described under 'Mandatory Purchase of Certain Contracts'
                                                 above).
                                            Amounts payable to the Depositor in respect of Leased Equipment or
                                              otherwise as described above are not available to pay, and will not
                                              provide security for the payment of, interest or principal on the
                                              Notes or the Equity Certificates.
Cash Collateral Account...................  A 'Cash Collateral Account' will be established on or prior to the
                                              Closing Date and will be available to the Indenture Trustee. The
                                              Cash Collateral Account will initially be funded in an amount equal
                                              to [  ]% of the Initial Contract Pool Principal Balance
                                              (approximately $[  ]). Amounts on deposit from time to time in the
                                              Cash Collateral Account (up to, but not in excess of, the Requisite
                                              Amount (as defined under 'Description of the Notes -- Cash
                                              Collateral Account'), and not including any investment earnings on
                                              such funds) shall be used to fund the amounts specified below in
                                              the following order of priority (to the extent that amounts on
                                              deposit in the Collection Account as of any Deposit Date are
                                              insufficient therefor and provided that any such insufficiency has
                                              resulted, directly or indirectly, from delinquencies or defaults,
                                              or both, on the Contracts):
                                                   (i) to pay interest on the Notes and the Equity Certificates
                                                 in the following order of priority:
                                                        (a) interest on the Senior Notes (including any overdue
                                                   interest and interest thereon),
                                                        (b) interest on the Subordinate Notes (including any
                                                   overdue interest and interest thereon), and
                                                        (c) interest on the Equity Certificates (including any
                                                   overdue interest and interest thereon);
                                                   (ii) to pay any Principal Deficiency Amount (equal to the
                                                 lesser of:
                                                        (a) the aggregate Liquidation Losses on all Contracts
                                                   that became Liquidated Contracts during the related Collection
                                                   Period, or
                                                        (b) the excess, if any, of (A) the aggregate principal
                                                   balance of the Notes and the Equity Certificates (after giving
                                                   effect to all other distributions of principal on such Payment
                                                   Date), over (B) the aggregate of the Required Payoff Amounts
                                                   for all Contracts as of the last day of the related Collection
                                                   Period); and
</TABLE>
 
                                      S-16
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                         <C>
                                                   (iii) to pay principal on the Notes and Equity Certificates at
                                                 the applicable Stated Maturity Date thereof.
                                            If and to the extent that the amount on deposit in the Cash
                                              Collateral Account as of any Payment Date is less than the
                                              Requisite Amount, such deficiency is to be restored from the
                                              remaining Amount Available, after payment of the Servicing Fee and
                                              interest and principal on the Notes and the Equity Certificates, as
                                              described under 'Priority of Payments' below. Any amount on deposit
                                              in the Cash Collateral Account in excess of the Requisite Amount,
                                              and all investment earnings on funds in the Cash Collateral
                                              Account, will be released from the Cash Collateral Account and paid
                                              to or upon the order of the Depositor, and will not be available to
                                              make payments on the Notes or the Equity Certificates. See
                                              'Description of the Notes -- Cash Collateral Account.'
Priority of Payments......................  On each Payment Date, the Indenture Trustee will be required to make
                                              the following payments, first, from the Related Collection Period
                                              Pledged Revenues, second, to the extent the Related Collection
                                              Period Pledged Revenues are insufficient to pay interest on the
                                              Notes and the Equity Certificates on such Payment Date, the amount
                                              necessary to cure such insufficiency from the Current Collection
                                              Period Pledged Revenues, and third (but only as to amounts
                                              described in clause (ii) and certain amounts included in clause
                                              (iii)), from amounts permitted to be withdrawn from the Cash
                                              Collateral Account as described under 'Cash Collateral Account'
                                              above, in the following order of priority (except as otherwise
                                              described under 'Description of the Notes -- Events of Default;
                                              Rights Upon Event of Default' in the Prospectus):
                                                   (i) the Servicing Fee;
                                                   (ii) interest on the Notes and the Equity Certificates in the
                                                 following order of priority:
                                                        (a) interest on the Senior Notes (including any overdue
                                                   interest and interest thereon),
                                                        (b) interest on the Subordinate Notes (including any
                                                   overdue interest and interest thereon), and
                                                        (c) interest on the Equity Certificates (including any
                                                   overdue interest and interest thereon);
                                                   (iii) an amount equal to the Monthly Principal Amount as of
                                                 such Payment Date in respect of principal on the Notes and the
                                                 Equity Certificates in the priority described under 'Principal'
                                                 above;
                                                   (iv) to the Cash Collateral Account, the amount, if any,
                                                 necessary to increase the balance therein to the Requisite
                                                 Amount; and
                                                   (v) the remainder, if any, to payment of certain amounts
                                                 payable in connection with the Cash Collateral Account and
                                                 thereafter to the Equity Certificateholders.
Optional Purchase of Contracts............  The Depositor may purchase all of the Contracts on any Payment Date
                                              following the date on which the unpaid
</TABLE>
 
                                      S-17
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                         <C>
                                              principal balance of the Notes and the Equity Certificates is less
                                              than 10% of the Initial Contract Pool Principal Balance, subject to
                                              certain provisions as described herein under 'Description of the
                                              Notes -- Optional Purchase of Contracts.' The purchase price to be
                                              paid in connection with such purchase shall be at least equal to
                                              the unpaid principal balance of the Notes and the Equity
                                              Certificates as of such Payment Date plus interest to be paid on
                                              the Notes and the Equity Certificates on such Payment Date. The
                                              proceeds of such purchase shall be applied on such Payment Date to
                                              the payment of the remaining principal balance of the Notes and the
                                              Equity Certificates, together with accrued interest thereon.
U.S. Taxation.............................  In the opinion of counsel to the Depositor and the opinion of counsel
                                              to the Underwriters, the Notes will be characterized as
                                              indebtedness and the Owner Trust will not be characterized as an
                                              'association' or 'publicly traded partnership' taxable as a
                                              corporation for federal income tax purposes. Each Noteholder, by
                                              its acceptance of a Note, will agree to treat the Notes as
                                              indebtedness for federal, state and local income tax purposes.
                                              Prospective investors are advised to consult their own tax advisors
                                              regarding the federal income tax consequences of the purchase,
                                              ownership and disposition of Notes, and the tax consequences
                                              arising under the laws of any state or other taxing jurisdiction.
                                              See 'United States Taxation.'
                                            In the opinion of counsel, under United States federal income tax law
                                              in effect as of the date hereof, payments of principal and interest
                                              on the Notes to a United States Alien Holder will not be subject to
                                              United States federal withholding tax (subject to the exceptions
                                              noted in 'United States Taxation -- Tax Consequences to United
                                              States Alien Holders'). If such law were to change and, as a result
                                              thereof, United States withholding tax were imposed on such
                                              payments, a United States Alien Holder would receive such payments
                                              net of such withholding tax, and neither the Owner Trust, the
                                              Depositor, TCC nor any other party would have any obligation to
                                              gross up such payments to compensate for such withholding tax.
ERISA Considerations......................  If the Notes are considered to be indebtedness without substantial
                                              equity features under a regulation issued by the United States
                                              Department of Labor, the acquisition or holding of Notes by or on
                                              behalf of a Benefit Plan will not cause the assets of the Owner
                                              Trust to become plan assets, thereby generally preventing the
                                              application of certain prohibited transaction rules of the Employee
                                              Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended ('ERISA'), and
                                              the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the 'Code'), that
                                              otherwise could possibly be applicable. Although there can be no
                                              assurances in this regard, it appears that the Notes should be
                                              treated as indebtedness without substantial equity features for
                                              purposes of such regulation.
</TABLE>
 
                                      S-18
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                         <C>
                                              As a result, subject to the considerations described in 'ERISA
                                              Considerations' herein, the Notes are eligible for purchase with
                                              plan assets of any Benefit Plan. However, a fiduciary or other
                                              person contemplating purchasing the Notes on behalf of or with plan
                                              assets of any Benefit Plan should carefully review with its legal
                                              advisors whether the purchase or holding of the Notes could give
                                              rise to a transaction prohibited or not otherwise permissible under
                                              ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code. See 'ERISA Considerations.'
Legal Investment..........................  The Class      Notes will be eligible securities for purchase by
                                              money market funds under Rule 2a-7 under the Investment Company Act
                                              of 1940.
Registration, Clearance and Settlement of
  Notes...................................  Each of the Notes will be registered in the name of Cede & Co., as
                                              the nominee of The Depository Trust Company ('DTC'), and will be
                                              available for purchase only in book-entry form on the records of
                                              DTC and participating members thereof. Notes will be issued in
                                              definitive form only under the limited circumstances described
                                              under 'Description of the Notes -- Definitive Notes.' All refer-
                                              ences herein to 'Holders' or 'Noteholders' shall reflect the rights
                                              of beneficial owners of Notes (the 'Note Owners'), as they may
                                              indirectly exercise such rights through DTC and participating
                                              members thereof, except as otherwise specified herein. See
                                              'Description of the Notes -- Book-Entry Registration.' Noteholders
                                              may elect to hold their Notes through DTC (in the United States) or
                                              Cedel Bank or Euroclear (in Europe). Transfers will be made in
                                              accordance with the rules and operating procedures described in
                                              Appendix A hereto.
Listing...................................  Application has been made to list the Notes on the Luxembourg Stock
                                              Exchange.
Governing Law.............................  The Transfer and Servicing Agreement, the Trust Agreement, the
                                              Purchase Agreement, the Indenture and the Notes will be governed by
                                              the laws of the State of New York.
</TABLE>
 
                                      S-19


<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
                                  RISK FACTORS
 
     Prospective Noteholders should consider the following factors in connection
with the purchase of the Notes:
 
LIMITED ASSETS OF THE OWNER TRUST
 
     The Notes are secured by the payments to be derived from the Contracts and
other Trust Assets, which will not include any amounts constituting the purchase
price for or proceeds of Leased Equipment upon expiration of the original term
of the related Lease Contract or the portion of the Liquidation Proceeds derived
from the liquidation of any defaulted Lease Contract and disposition of the
related Leased Equipment that is allocable to the Depositor as described herein,
which amounts will be paid solely to the Depositor. Moreover, the Owner Trust
will have no assets other than the Contracts (including all or, in the case of
Lease Contracts, an allocable portion of the Liquidation Proceeds derived from
the disposition of the related Equipment or otherwise upon the liquidation of
defaulted Contracts), amounts on deposit from time to time in the Collection
Account and the accounts established pursuant to the Transfer and Servicing
Agreement and the right to certain amounts in the Cash Collateral Account. The
Notes will represent obligations solely of the Owner Trust, and none of the
Notes will be insured or guaranteed, directly or indirectly, by TCC, the
Depositor, the Indenture Trustee or the Owner Trustee (or any affiliate of any
of them) or any other person or entity. Consequently, Holders of the Notes must
rely for payment of interest and principal thereon on a given Payment Date on
the Amount Available for such Payment Date.
 
SUBORDINATION OF THE SUBORDINATE NOTES
 
     To the extent described herein under 'Description of the
Notes -- Distributions' and ' -- Subordination of Subordinate Notes and Equity
Certificates,' (i) payments of interest and principal on the Subordinate Notes
will be subordinated in priority of payment to interest and principal,
respectively, on the Senior Notes and (ii) payments of interest and principal on
the Equity Certificates will be subordinated in priority of payment to interest
and principal, respectively, on the Senior Notes and the Subordinate Notes. In
addition, payments of principal on the Notes will be subordinated in priority of
payment to payments of interest on the Notes and the Equity Certificates. The
Equity Certificates initially will represent the right to receive principal in
an amount equal to [   ]% of the Initial Contract Pool Principal Balance, but
such amount will be reduced as a result of principal payments made on the Equity
Certificates (see 'Description of the Notes -- Principal'), which will reduce
the benefit to the Notes of the subordination of the Equity Certificates.
 
     Delinquencies and defaults on the Contracts could eliminate the protection
afforded the Subordinate Noteholders by the Cash Collateral Account and the
subordination of the Equity Certificates, and the Subordinate Noteholders could
incur losses on their investment as a result. Further delinquencies and defaults
on the Contracts could eliminate the protection offered to the Senior
Noteholders by the subordination of the Subordinate Notes, and such Noteholders
could also incur losses on their investment as a result.
 
YIELD AND PREPAYMENT CONSIDERATIONS
 
     The prepayment experience on the Contracts may affect the weighted average
life of the Notes. See 'Weighted Average Life of the Notes' herein and 'Risk
Factors -- Yield and Prepayment Considerations' in the Prospectus.
 
NO GROSS-UP FOR WITHHOLDING TAX
 
     In the opinion of counsel, under current United States federal income tax
law in effect as of the date hereof, payments of principal and interest on the
Notes to a United States Alien Holder will not be subject to United States
federal withholding tax (subject to the exceptions noted in 'United States
Taxation -- Tax Consequences to United States Alien Holders'). If such law were
to change and, as a result thereof, United States withholding tax were imposed
on such payments, a United States Alien
 
                                      S-20
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
Holder would receive such payments net of such withholding tax; and neither the
Owner Trust, the Depositor, TCC nor any other party has any obligation to gross
up such payments to account for such withholding tax.
 
LIMITED LIQUIDITY
 
     There is currently no market for the Notes. The U.S. Underwriters expect,
but will not be obligated, to make a market for the Notes in the United States;
and the International Managers expect, but will not be obligated, to make a
market for the Notes outside the United States. There can be no assurance that a
secondary market for the Notes will develop or, if it does develop, that it will
provide the Holders of such Notes with liquidity of investment or will continue
for the life of such Notes. Although it is expected that the Notes will be
listed on the Luxembourg Stock Exchange, there can be no assurances that such
listing will increase the liquidity of the Notes.
 
                                THE OWNER TRUST
 
THE OWNER TRUST
 
     The Owner Trust was created pursuant to a Trust Agreement, dated as of
[                  ], between the Depositor and the Owner Trustee. Prior to the
Closing Date, the Owner Trust will have no assets, property or obligations.
 
     The Owner Trust will issue the Equity Certificates, representing a
beneficial ownership interest in the Owner Trust, to the Depositor. The Equity
Certificates will be transferred by the Depositor in a separate transaction
unrelated to the issuance of the Notes. The Equity Certificates will be payable
from Pledged Revenues in the priority described under 'Description of the
Notes -- Distributions' below. It is expected that the Equity Certificates
initially will represent the right to receive principal in an amount equal to
approximately [   ]% of the Initial Contract Pool Principal Balance, together
with interest thereon at an interest rate of [   ]% per annum. Commencing on the
first Payment Date, [   ]% of the Monthly Principal Amount will be payable on
the Equity Certificates on each Payment Date, on a parity with payment of
principal on the Notes, until the aggregate amount so paid equals $[           ]
(which is approximately [   ]% of the Initial Contract Pool Principal Balance).
 
     On the Closing Date, the Depositor and the Owner Trustee will execute and
deliver the Trust Agreement; the Owner Trust and the Indenture Trustee will
execute and deliver the Indenture; and the Depositor, the Indenture Trustee, the
Owner Trustee and the Servicer will execute and deliver the Transfer and
Servicing Agreement. On or prior to the Closing Date, the Depositor, TCC and the
Originators will have executed    substantially similar Purchase Agreements,
whereby the Depositor will have acquired all the Originators' right, title and
interest in and to the Contracts and the related Equipment. On the Closing Date,
the Depositor will, pursuant to the Transfer and Servicing Agreement, transfer
and convey to the Owner Trust all of the Contracts and the related security
interests in the Equipment in consideration for (i) the proceeds from the sale
of the Notes, less that portion thereof to be used to fund a portion of the Cash
Collateral Account and to pay the expenses of the Depositor, and (ii) the Equity
Certificates.
 
     From and after the Closing Date, the Trust Assets will consist of:
 
          (1) a pool of equipment lease contracts (the 'Lease Contracts') and
     installment sale contracts, promissory notes, loan and security agreements
     and other similar types of receivables (the 'Loan Contracts' and, together
     with the Lease Contracts, the 'Contracts'), with various lessees or other
     obligors thereunder (each, an 'Obligor'), including, (a) all monies at any
     time paid or payable thereon or in respect thereof from and after the
     Cut-Off Date in the form of (i) Scheduled Payments (including all Scheduled
     Payments due prior to, but not received as of, the Cut-Off Date, but
     excluding any Scheduled Payments due on or after, but received prior to,
     the Cut-Off Date, (ii) Prepayments (but excluding, in the case of a Lease
     Contract, any portion thereof allocable to the Depositor, as described in
     clause (ii) of the definition of 'Pledged Revenues') and (iii) Liquidation
     Proceeds (including any derived from the disposition of the related
     Equipment) received with respect to defaulted Contracts (excluding, in the
     case of a Lease Contract, any
 
                                      S-21
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
     portion thereof allocable to the Depositor, as described under 'Description
     of the Notes -- Liquidated Contracts'), and (b) all rights of the secured
     party in the Equipment related to the Loan Contracts, but excluding the
     rights of the lessor in the Leased Equipment (which rights, subject to the
     allocation of Liquidation Proceeds received in respect thereof, have been
     retained by the Depositor);
 
          (2) amounts on deposit in (and Eligible Investments allocated to)
     certain accounts established pursuant to the Indenture and the Transfer and
     Servicing Agreement, including the Collection Account;
 
          (3) the Depositor's rights under the Purchase Agreement; and
 
          (4) the Depositor's rights (but not its obligations) with respect to
     the Cash Collateral Account.
 
     The Owner Trust will not engage in any business activity other than (i)
issuing the Notes and the Equity Certificates, (ii) holding and dealing with
(including disposing of) the Trust Assets, (iii) making payments on the Notes
and the Equity Certificates, (iv) entering into and performing the duties,
responsibilities and functions required under the Transfer and Servicing
Agreement, the Indenture, the Contracts, and related documents, and (v) matters
related to the foregoing.
 
CAPITALIZATION OF THE OWNER TRUST
 
     The following table illustrates the capitalization of the Owner Trust as of
the Cut-Off Date, as if the issuance and sale of the Notes offered hereby had
taken place on such date:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                        <C>
Class   Receivable-Backed Notes.........................................................   $
Class   Receivable-Backed Notes.........................................................
Class   Receivable-Backed Notes.........................................................
Class   Receivable-Backed Notes.........................................................
Class   Receivable-Backed Notes.........................................................
Equity Certificates.....................................................................
                                                                                           ------------
          Total.........................................................................   $
                                                                                           ------------
                                                                                           ------------
</TABLE>
 
THE OWNER TRUSTEE
 
                       will be the Owner Trustee under the Trust Agreement. The
Owner Trustee is a and its principal offices are located at                   .
The Owner Trustee's liability in connection with the issuance and sale of the
Notes and the Equity Certificates is limited solely to the express obligations
of the Owner Trustee set forth in the Trust Agreement and the Indenture.
 
     The Owner Trustee may resign at any time, in which event the Depositor will
be obligated to appoint a successor Owner Trustee. The Depositor may also remove
the Owner Trustee if the Owner Trustee ceases to be eligible to continue as such
under the Trust Agreement or if the Owner Trustee becomes insolvent. Any
resignation or removal of the Owner Trustee will not become effective until
acceptance of the appointment of a successor Owner Trustee.
 
                                 THE CONTRACTS
 
DESCRIPTION OF THE CONTRACTS
 
     The Contracts consist of Lease Contracts (   % by Initial Contract Pool
Principal Balance) and Loan Contracts (   % by Initial Contract Pool Principal
Balance). All of the Contracts are commercial, rather than consumer, leases or
loans. Certain information with respect to the Contracts is set forth under the
heading 'The Contracts' in the accompanying Prospectus.
 
                                      S-22
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES MADE BY TCC
 
     Under the Purchase Agreement, TCC will make the representations and
warranties regarding each Contract (and the related Equipment) as of the Cut-Off
Date that are set forth in the Prospectus, with the following exceptions:
 
                           [List exceptions, if any.]
 
CERTAIN STATISTICS RELATING TO THE CUT-OFF DATE CONTRACT POOL
 
GENERAL
 
     The Depositor has prepared certain statistics relating to the Contract Pool
as of the Cut-Off Date (the 'Cut-Off Date Contract Pool'). The Initial Contract
Pool Principal Balance is an amount equal to $           (which amount is based
upon the Contract Pool Principal Balance determined as of the Cut-Off Date, but
also includes an amount in respect of Scheduled Payments on the Contracts due
prior to, but not received as of, the Cut-Off Date). The total number of
Contracts in the Cut-Off Date Contract Pool is        . The average Contract
Pool Principal Balance of the Contracts, as of the Cut-Off Date, was
approximately $           . Within the Cut-Off Date Contract Pool,    % of the
Contracts (by Initial Contract Pool Principal Balance) were originated by the
Originators (or by other affiliates of TCC) and    % of such Contracts (by
Initial Contract Pool Principal Balance) were purchased by the Originators (or
by other affiliates of TCC) from unrelated third parties.
 
                 COMPOSITION OF THE CUT-OFF DATE CONTRACT POOL
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                               WEIGHTED                     WEIGHTED                   AVERAGE
                                                AVERAGE                      AVERAGE                  CONTRACT
                  INITIAL CONTRACT             ORIGINAL                     REMAINING                 PRINCIPAL
    NUMBER         POOL PRINCIPAL                TERM                         TERM                     BALANCE
 OF CONTRACTS         BALANCE                   (RANGE)                      (RANGE)                   (RANGE)
- --------------    ----------------     -------------------------    -------------------------    -------------------
 
<S>               <C>                  <C>                          <C>                          <C>
                       $                        months                       months                       $
                                        (  months to   months)        (  month to   months)          ($  to $  )
</TABLE>
 
TYPE OF CONTRACTS
 
     The following table shows the distribution of the Cut-Off Date Contract
Pool between Lease Contracts and Loan Contracts by indicating the number of
Contracts in each category, the aggregate Contract Principal Balance of such
Contracts, and the percentage (by number of Contracts and by aggregate Contract
Principal Balance) of such Contracts relative to all of the Contracts in the
Cut-Off Date Contract Pool:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      % OF TOTAL                             % OF INITIAL
                                         NUMBER OF    NUMBER OF     AGGREGATE CONTRACT       CONTRACT POOL
           TYPE OF CONTRACT              CONTRACTS    CONTRACTS      PRINCIPAL BALANCE     PRINCIPAL BALANCE
- --------------------------------------   ---------    ----------    -------------------    -----------------
 
<S>                                      <C>          <C>           <C>                    <C>
Lease Contracts.......................
Loan Contracts........................
                                                      ----------                                -------
          Total.......................                  100.00%           $                            %
                                                      ----------                                -------
                                                      ----------                                -------
</TABLE>
 
GEOGRAPHICAL DIVERSITY
 
     The following table shows the geographical diversity of the Cut-Off Date
Contract Pool, by indicating the number of Contracts, the aggregate Contract
Principal Balance of such Contracts and the percentage (by number of Contracts
and by aggregate Contract Principal Balance) of such Contracts
 
                                      S-23
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
relative to all of the Contracts in the Cut-Off Date Contract Pool by reference
to the State in which the Obligors on such Contracts are located:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      % OF TOTAL                             % OF INITIAL
                                         NUMBER OF    NUMBER OF     AGGREGATE CONTRACT       CONTRACT POOL
                STATE                    CONTRACTS    CONTRACTS      PRINCIPAL BALANCE     PRINCIPAL BALANCE
- --------------------------------------   ---------    ----------    -------------------    -----------------
 
<S>                                      <C>          <C>           <C>                    <C>
                                            ---       ----------       ----------               -------
          Total.......................
                                            ---       ----------       ----------               -------
                                            ---       ----------       ----------               -------
</TABLE>
 
     Adverse economic conditions in States where a substantial number of
Obligors are located, such as [                  ,                   , and
                  ], may adversely affect such Obligors' ability to make
payments on the related Contracts, and the Noteholders could suffer a loss on
their investment as a result.
 
PAYMENT STATUS
 
     The following table shows the payment status of the Cut-Off Date Contract
Pool, by indicating the number of Contracts, the aggregate Contract Principal
Balance of such Contracts and the percentage (by number of Contracts and by
aggregate Contract Principal Balance) of such Contracts relative to all of the
Contracts in the Cut-Off Date Contract Pool by reference to whether such
Contracts were current as of the Cut-Off Date or were 30-59 days delinquent:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      % OF TOTAL                             % OF INITIAL
                                         NUMBER OF    NUMBER OF     AGGREGATE CONTRACT       CONTRACT POOL
            PAYMENT STATUS               CONTRACTS    CONTRACTS      PRINCIPAL BALANCE     PRINCIPAL BALANCE
- --------------------------------------   ---------    ----------    -------------------    -----------------
 
<S>                                      <C>          <C>           <C>                    <C>
Current...............................
30-60 Days............................
Delinquent............................
                                                      ----------                                -------
          Total.......................                     100%                                  100.00%
                                                      ----------                                -------
                                                      ----------                                -------
</TABLE>
 
CONTRACTS BY EQUIPMENT TYPE
 
     The following table shows the type of Equipment securing or otherwise
related to the Contracts, by the number of Contracts, the aggregate Contract
Principal Balance of such Contracts, and the percentage (by number of Contracts
and by aggregate Contract Principal Balance) of such Contracts relative to all
of the Contracts:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      % OF TOTAL                             % OF INITIAL
                                         NUMBER OF    NUMBER OF     AGGREGATE CONTRACT       CONTRACT POOL
          TYPE OF EQUIPMENT              CONTRACTS    CONTRACTS      PRINCIPAL BALANCE     PRINCIPAL BALANCE
- --------------------------------------   ---------    ----------    -------------------    -----------------
 
<S>                                      <C>          <C>           <C>                    <C>
Telecommunications....................
Manufacturing and Construction........
Computers and Point-of-Sale...........
General Office........................
Medical...............................
Printing..............................
Other.................................
                                                      ----------                                -------
          Total.......................                  100.00%                                  100.00%
                                                      ----------                                -------
                                                      ----------                                -------
</TABLE>
 
CONTRACT PRINCIPAL BALANCES
 
     The following table shows the distribution of the Cut-Off Date Contract
Pool by Contract Principal Balance by indicating the number of Contracts which
have a Contract Principal Balance within a defined range and the aggregate
Contract Principal Balance of such Contracts, and the percentage (by
 
                                      S-24
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
number of Contracts and by aggregate Contract Principal Balance) of such
Contracts relative to all of the Contracts:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      % OF TOTAL                             % OF INITIAL
                                         NUMBER OF    NUMBER OF     AGGREGATE CONTRACT       CONTRACT POOL
      CONTRACT PRINCIPAL BALANCE         CONTRACTS    CONTRACTS      PRINCIPAL BALANCE     PRINCIPAL BALANCE
- --------------------------------------   ---------    ----------    -------------------    -----------------
 
<S>                                      <C>          <C>           <C>                    <C>
$          0 to $    5,000.00.........
$  5,000.01 to $   25,000.00..........
$ 25,000.01 to $   50,000.00..........
$ 50,000.01 to $ 100,000.00...........
$100,000.01 to $ 500,000.00...........
$500,000.01 to $1,000,000.00..........
Over $1,000,000.00....................
                                            ---       ----------       ----------               -------
</TABLE>
 
REMAINING TERMS OF CONTRACTS
 
     The following table shows the remaining term of the Contracts from the
Cut-Off Date to the scheduled expiration date of such Contracts, by indicating
the number of Contracts, the aggregate Contract Principal Balance of such
Contracts, and the percentage (by number of Contracts and by aggregate Contract
Principal Balance) of such Contracts relative to all of the Contracts:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      % OF TOTAL                             % OF INITIAL
                                         NUMBER OF    NUMBER OF     AGGREGATE CONTRACT       CONTRACT POOL
     REMAINING TERM OF CONTRACTS         CONTRACTS    CONTRACTS      PRINCIPAL BALANCE     PRINCIPAL BALANCE
- --------------------------------------   ---------    ----------    -------------------    -----------------
 
<S>                                      <C>          <C>           <C>                    <C>
One Month to 12 Months................
13 Months to 24 Months................
25 Months to 36 Months................
37 Months to 48 Months................
49 Months to 60 Months................
Over 60 Months........................
                                            ---       ----------       ----------               -------
          Total.......................
                                            ---       ----------       ----------               -------
                                            ---       ----------       ----------               -------
</TABLE>
 
TYPES OF OBLIGOR
 
     The Contracts with a single Obligor (or group of affiliated Obligors)
having the largest aggregate Contract Principal Balance as of the Cut-Off Date
represented no more than [   ]% of the Initial Contract Pool Principal Balance.
The following table shows the types of Obligor on Contracts within the Cut-Off
Date Contract Pool, by the number of Contracts, the aggregate Contract Principal
Balance of such Contracts, and the percentage (by number of Contracts and by
aggregate Contract Principal Balance) of such Contracts relative to all of the
Contracts:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      % OF TOTAL                             % OF INITIAL
                                         NUMBER OF    NUMBER OF     AGGREGATE CONTRACT       CONTRACT POOL
           TYPE OF OBLIGOR               CONTRACTS    CONTRACTS      PRINCIPAL BALANCE     PRINCIPAL BALANCE
- --------------------------------------   ---------    ----------    -------------------    -----------------
 
<S>                                      <C>          <C>           <C>                    <C>
Service Organizations.................
Manufacturing and Construction........
Retail and Wholesale Trade............
Other.................................
Financial Services....................
Professionals.........................
Printing and Copy Centers.............
Medical...............................
                                                      ----------                                -------
          Total.......................                  100.00%                                  100.00%
                                                      ----------                                -------
                                                      ----------                                -------
</TABLE>
 
                                      S-25
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
CERTAIN STATISTICS RELATING TO DELINQUENCIES AND DEFAULTS
 
DELINQUENCIES
 
     The following table sets forth statistics relating to Delinquencies on
lease and/or loan contracts within the Originators' owned and managed portfolios
of receivables similar to the Contracts (on an aggregate basis) as of December
31, in each of the past four years and as of                         . Such
receivables did not constitute the Originators' entire portfolio of lease
contracts and loan contracts. For these purposes, a 'Delinquency' means that the
obligor on the lease or loan contract has failed to make a required Scheduled
Payment in an amount equal to at least 90% of the required Scheduled Payment
within 30 days of the due date. For these purposes, any payment made by the
obligor on a lease or loan contract subsequent to the required payment date is
applied to the earliest payment which was unpaid. The statistics set forth below
relate to the entire portfolio of receivables similar to the Contracts serviced
by the Originators as of the date specified, and not only to the Contracts; and,
accordingly, such statistics are not necessarily indicative of the future
performance of the Contracts. The following table is based, where indicated, on
the gross receivable balance of the lease and loan contracts, as it appears on
the accounting records of TCC as of the date set forth below and not solely the
overdue payments.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        PERCENTAGE OF GROSS RECEIVABLE BALANCE OF CONTRACTS
                                                                       WHICH WERE DELINQUENT
                                  GROSS RECEIVABLE    --------------------------------------------------------
                                     BALANCE OF       31 TO 60    61 TO 90    91 TO 120    OVER 120
      DATE OF CALCULATION            CONTRACTS          DAYS        DAYS        DAYS         DAYS       TOTAL
- -------------------------------  ------------------  --------    --------    ---------    --------    -------
                                   (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                               <C>                 <C>         <C>         <C>          <C>         <C>

</TABLE>
 
NON-ACCRUALS
 
     The following table sets forth statistics relating to Non-Accruals on
receivables similar to the Contracts within the Originators' owned and managed
portfolios (on an aggregate basis) as of, and for the 12-month periods ending,
December 31 in each of the past four years and as of, and for the
[                  ]period ending                         . Such receivables did
not constitute the Originators' entire portfolio of lease contracts and loan
contracts. For these purposes, a 'Non-Accrual' means that, as of the date
indicated, the obligor on the relevant lease or loan contract had failed to make
payments in an amount at least equal to 90% of the required Scheduled Payment
for at least 90 days beyond the date required, or commenced a bankruptcy or
insolvency proceeding. The statistics set forth below relate to the portfolio of
receivables similar to the Contracts serviced by the Originators for the period
specified and not only to the Contracts; and, accordingly, such statistics are
not necessarily indicative of the future performance of the Contracts. The
following table is based, where indicated, on the net investment of the lease
and loan contracts (gross of any allowance for losses) as it appears on the
records of TCC as of the date specified below:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                      PERCENTAGE OF
                                                                  CONTRACTS      AGGREGATE NET INVESTMENT
                                                                INVESTMENT OF    OF CONTRACTS WHICH WERE
                     DATE OF CALCULATION                          CONTRACTS           ON NON-ACCRUAL
- -------------------------------------------------------------   -------------    ------------------------
                                                                     (IN
                                                                 THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                             <C>              <C>

</TABLE>
 
LOSSES AND RECOVERIES
 
     The following table sets forth statistics relating to gross losses and
losses net of recoveries on defaulted lease and loan contracts within the
Originators' owned and managed portfolios (of receivables
 
                                      S-26
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
similar to the Contracts on an aggregate basis) during the 12-month period
ending December 31 in each of the past four years and during the
period ending               . Such receivables did not constitute the
Originators' entire portfolio of lease contracts and loan contracts. For these
purposes, 'gross losses' means total losses before recoveries measured against
the net investment of the lease and loan contracts (gross of any allowance for
losses), and 'losses net of recoveries' means losses after recoveries measured
against the net investment of the lease and loan contracts (gross of any
allowance for losses). The statistics set forth below relate to the portfolio of
receivables similar to the Contracts serviced by the Originators during the
period indicated and not only to the Contracts; and, accordingly, such
statistics are not necessarily indicative of the future performance of the
Contracts.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       GROSS LOSSES AS A     NET LOSSES AS A
                                                 AGGREGATE NET         PERCENTAGE OF NET    PERCENTAGE OF NET
           DATE OF CALCULATION              INVESTMENT OF CONTRACTS       INVESTMENT           INVESTMENT
- -----------------------------------------   -----------------------    -----------------    -----------------
                                                (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                         <C>                        <C>                  <C>

</TABLE>
 
     The Originators' delinquency, non-accrual and net loss experience has
historically been affected by prevailing economic conditions, particularly in
industries and geographic regions where it has customer concentrations.
Recently, for example, a downturn in the retailing industry has caused an
increase in delinquencies in contracts relating to point-of-sale equipment, and
recent weakness in general economic conditions has caused an increase in
delinquencies in the Originators' small-ticket portfolios. TCC believes the
increased use of scoring models, both in underwriting and collections, has been
a factor in the improvement in non-accruals and losses over the past five years.
 
     It has been the Originators' experience that, unlike consumer receivables,
collections from the obligors constitute a significant portion of recoveries on
defaulted receivables, in addition to the proceeds from liquidation of the
related equipment. The resale value of individual items of Equipment, which
would be collected by the Servicer in the event of a default under the related
Contract, will vary substantially, depending on such factors as the expected
remaining useful life of the Equipment at the time of the default and the
obsolescence of the Equipment. It is possible that the resale values for some
Equipment would be negligible or insufficient to justify repossession and
resale.
 
                       WEIGHTED AVERAGE LIFE OF THE NOTES
 
     THE FOLLOWING INFORMATION IS GIVEN SOLELY TO ILLUSTRATE THE EFFECT OF
PREPAYMENTS ON THE CONTRACTS ON THE WEIGHTED AVERAGE LIFE OF THE NOTES UNDER THE
ASSUMPTIONS STATED BELOW AND IS NOT A PREDICTION OF THE PREPAYMENT RATE THAT
MIGHT ACTUALLY BE EXPERIENCED BY THE CONTRACTS.
 
     Weighted average life refers to the average amount of time from the date of
issuance of a security until each dollar of principal of such security will be
repaid to the investor. The weighted average life of the Notes will be primarily
a function of the rate at which payments are made on the Contracts. Payments on
the Contracts may be in the form of Scheduled Payments or prepayments
(including, for this purpose, liquidations due to default).
 
     The Constant Prepayment Rate prepayment model ('CPR') represents an assumed
constant rate of prepayment of Contracts outstanding as of the beginning of each
month expressed as a per annum percentage. There can be no assurance that
Contracts will experience prepayments at a constant prepayment rate or otherwise
in the manner assumed by the prepayment model. See 'Risk Factors -- Yield and
Prepayment Considerations.'
 
     The weighted average lives in the following table were determined assuming
that (i) Scheduled Payments on the Contracts are received in a timely manner and
prepayments are made at the percentages of the prepayment model set forth in the
table; (ii) the Depositor does not exercise its right to purchase the Contracts
described under 'Description of the Notes Optional Purchase of the
 
                                      S-27
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
Contracts'; (iii) the Initial Contract Pool Principal Balance is $
and the Contracts have the characteristics described under 'The Contracts'; (iv)
payments are made on the Notes on the 15th day of each month commencing in
                 ; and (v) the Notes are issued on                      . No
representation is made that these assumptions will be correct, including the
assumption that the Contracts will not experience delinquencies or losses.
 
     In making an investment decision with respect to the Notes, investors
should consider a variety of possible prepayment scenarios, including the
limited scenarios described in the table below.
 
                       WEIGHTED AVERAGE LIFE OF THE NOTES
                    AT THE RESPECTIVE CPRS SET FORTH BELOW:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                WEIGHTED AVERAGE LIFE (YEARS)
                                                        ----------------------------------------------
                                                        % CPR     % CPR     % CPR     % CPR     % CPR
                                                        ------    ------    ------    ------    ------
 
<S>                                                     <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>
Class   Notes........................................
Class   Notes........................................
Class   Notes........................................
Class   Notes........................................
Class   Notes........................................
</TABLE>
 
                                      S-28


<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
                            DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES
 
     The following information supplements the information in the Prospectus
under the heading 'Description of the Notes.'
 
GENERAL
 
     The Notes will be issued pursuant to the terms of the Indenture. A copy of
the execution form of the Indenture will be filed in a Current Report on Form
8-K with the Securities and Exchange Commission after the issuance of the Notes.
The summary does not purport to be complete and is subject to all the provisions
of the Notes and the Indenture. [         ] will be the Indenture Trustee.
 
     Pursuant to the Indenture, the Owner Trust will issue classes of notes (the
'Notes'), consisting of          classes of senior notes (the 'Senior Notes'),
[designated as the   % Receivable-Backed Notes, in the original principal amount
of $          (the 'Class   Notes')], and [         ] classes of subordinated
notes (the 'Subordinate Notes'), [designated as the   % Receivable-Backed Notes,
in the original principal amount of $          (the 'Class   Notes')].
 
     The Senior Notes will be senior in right of payment to the Subordinate
Notes. The Owner Trust will also issue a single class of certificates of
beneficial interest, the Equity Certificates, which are not being offered
hereby. It is expected that the Equity Certificates will initially represent the
right to receive principal in an amount equal to approximately   % of the
Initial Contract Pool Principal Balance, together with interest thereon at   %
per annum, payable from Pledged Revenues in the priority described under
' -- Distributions' below.
 
     Payments on the Notes will be made by the Indenture Trustee on each Payment
Date to persons in whose names the Notes are registered as of the related Record
Date (the 'Holders' or 'Noteholders'). The Payment Date for the Notes will be
the 15th day of each month (or if such 15th day is not a Business Day, the next
succeeding Business Day), commencing in                . The Record Date for any
Payment Date will be the Business Day immediately preceding the Payment Date (so
long as the Notes are held in the book-entry form), or the last day of the prior
calendar month (if Definitive Notes have been issued).
 
     Each Class of Notes initially will be represented by one or more global
Notes (the 'Global Notes') registered in the name of the nominee of DTC
(together with any successor depository selected by the Indenture Trustee, the
'Depository'), except as set forth below. Beneficial interests in each Class of
Notes will be available for purchase in minimum denominations of $10,000 and
integral multiples thereof in book-entry form only. The Depositor has been
informed by DTC that DTC's nominee will be Cede & Co. Accordingly, Cede & Co. is
expected to be the Holder of record of the Notes. Unless and until Definitive
Notes are issued under the limited circumstances described herein, no Note Owner
acquiring an interest in any Class of Notes will be entitled to receive a
certificate representing such Note Owner's interest in such Notes. Until such
time, all references herein to actions by Noteholders of any Class of Notes will
refer to actions taken by the Depository upon instructions from its
participating organizations and all references herein to distributions, notices,
reports and statements to Noteholders of any Class of Notes will refer to
distributions, notices, reports and statements to the Depository or its nominee,
as the registered Holder of the Notes of such Class, for distribution to Note
Owners of such Class in accordance with the Depository's procedures. See
'Description of the Notes -- Book-Entry Registration' and ' -- Definitive Notes'
in the Prospectus.
 
DISTRIBUTIONS
 
     Principal of and interest on the Notes and the Equity Certificates will be
paid on each Payment Date, after payment of the Servicing Fee, solely from, and
secured by, the Amount Available for such Payment Date, which is equal to the
sum of (a) those Pledged Revenues on deposit in the Collection Account as of the
last Business Day preceding the related Determination Date (the 'Deposit Date')
(i) which were received by the Servicer during the related Collection Period or
which represent amounts paid by TCC or the Depositor to purchase Contracts as of
the end of such Collection Period ('Related Collection Period Pledged
Revenues'), or (ii) to the extent necessary to pay interest on the Notes and the
Equity Certificates on such Payment Date, which were received by the Servicer
after the end of the
 
                                      S-29
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
related Collection Period but on or prior to such Deposit Date ('Current
Collection Period Pledged Revenues' and, together with the Related Collection
Period Pledged Revenues, the 'Available Pledged Revenues'), plus (b) amounts
permitted to be withdrawn therefor from the Cash Collateral Account, as
described under ' -- Cash Collateral Account' below.
 
     'Pledged Revenues' will consist of (i) 'Scheduled Payments' on the
Contracts (which will consist of all payments under the Contracts other than
those portions of such payments which, under the Contracts, are to be (A)
applied by the Servicer to the payment of insurance charges, maintenance, taxes
and other similar obligations, or (B) retained by the Servicer in payment of
Administrative Fees) received on or after the Cut-Off Date and due during the
term of the Contracts, without giving effect to end-of-term extensions or
renewals thereof (including all Scheduled Payments due prior to, but not
received as of, the Cut-Off Date, but excluding any Scheduled Payments due on or
after, but received prior to, the Cut-Off Date); (ii) any voluntary prepayments
('Prepayments') received on or after the Cut-Off Date under the Contracts,
provided that the amount, if any, by which any such Prepayment exceeds the
Required Payoff Amount of a Lease Contract will not constitute Pledged Revenues
but will be allocated to the Depositor; (iii) any amounts paid by TCC to
purchase Contracts due to a breach of representations and warranties with
respect thereto, as described under 'The Contracts -- Representations and
Warranties Made by TCC,' excluding, in the case of a Lease Contract, any portion
thereof allocable to the Depositor; (iv) any amounts paid by the Depositor to
purchase the Contracts as described under ' -- Optional Purchase of Contracts'
below; (v) certain of the Liquidation Proceeds derived from the liquidation of
the Contracts and the disposition of the related Equipment, as described under
' -- Liquidated Contracts' below; and (vi) any earnings on the investment of
amounts credited to the Collection Account.
 
     On each Payment Date, the Indenture Trustee will be required to make the
following payments, first, from Related Collection Period Pledged Revenues,
second, to the extent the Related Collection Period Pledged Revenues are
insufficient to pay interest on the Notes and the Equity Certificates on such
Payment Date, the amount necessary to cure such insufficiency from Current
Collection Period Pledged Revenues, and third (but only as to amounts described
in clause (ii) and certain amounts included in clause (iii)), from amounts
permitted to be withdrawn from the Cash Collateral Account as described under
' -- Cash Collateral Account' below, in the following order of priority (except
as otherwise described under 'Description of the Notes -- Events of Default;
Rights Upon Event of Default' in the Prospectus):
 
          (i) the Servicing Fee;
 
          (ii) interest on the Notes and the Equity Certificates in the
     following order of priority:
 
             (a) interest on the Senior Notes (including any overdue interest
        and interest thereon),
 
             (b) interest on the Subordinate Notes (including any overdue
        interest and interest thereon) and
 
             (c) interest on the Equity Certificates (including any overdue
        interest and interest thereon);
 
          (iii) an amount equal to the Monthly Principal Amount, as of such
     Payment Date, in respect of principal on the Notes and the Equity
     Certificates in the priority described under ' -- Principal' below;
 
          (iv) to the Cash Collateral Account, the amount, if any, necessary to
     increase the balance therein to the Requisite Amount; and
 
          (v) the remainder, if any, to payment of certain amounts payable in
     connection with the Cash Collateral Account and thereafter to the Equity
     Certificateholders.
 
SENIOR INTEREST
 
     Interest will be paid to the Holders of each Class of the Senior Notes on
each Payment Date, to the extent the Amount Available (after taking into account
any prior applications described under ' -- Distributions' above) is sufficient
therefor, at the interest rate for such Class specified on the cover of this
Prospectus (the 'Interest Rate' for such Class) on the then outstanding
principal balance of the
 
                                      S-30
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
Notes of such Class, and will be calculated on the basis of a 360-day year
consisting of twelve 30-day months. Such interest so payable on such Payment
Date will be equal to one-twelfth of the product of (i) the applicable Interest
Rate and (ii) the related Class principal balance as of the immediately
preceding Payment Date (after giving effect to reductions in such principal
balance on such immediately preceding Payment Date). Interest on each Class of
the Senior Notes will accrue from and including the Closing Date to but
excluding [     ] (in the case of the first interest period), and thereafter for
each successive Payment Date from and including the most recent prior Payment
Date to which interest has been paid, to but excluding such Payment Date.
 
     In the event that, on a given Payment Date, the Amount Available is not
sufficient to make a full payment of interest to the Holders of Senior Notes,
the amount of interest to be paid on the Senior Notes will be allocated among
each Class thereof (and within a Class among the Notes of such Class) pro rata
in accordance with their respective entitlements to interest, and the amount of
such shortfall will be carried forward and, together with interest thereon at
the applicable Interest Rate, added to the amount of interest such Holders will
be entitled to receive on the next Payment Date.
 
SUBORDINATE INTEREST
 
     Interest will be paid to the Holders of each Class of the Subordinate Notes
on each Payment Date, to the extent the remaining Amount Available (after taking
into account any prior applications described under ' -- Distributions' above)
is sufficient therefor, at the Interest Rate for such Class specified on the
cover of this Prospectus on the then outstanding principal balance of the Notes
of such Class, and will be calculated on the basis of a 360-day year consisting
of twelve 30-day months. Such interest so paid on such Payment Date will be
equal to one-twelfth of the product of (i) the applicable Interest Rate and (ii)
the related Class principal balance as of the immediately preceding Payment Date
(after giving effect to reductions in such principal balance on such immediately
preceding Payment Date). Interest on each Class of the Subordinate Notes will
accrue from and including the Closing Date to but excluding        (in the case
of the first interest period), and thereafter for each successive Payment Date
from and including the most recent prior Payment Date to which interest has been
paid, to but excluding such Payment Date.
 
     In the event that, on a given Payment Date, the Amount Available, after
payment of interest on the Senior Notes, is not sufficient to make a full
payment of interest to the Holders of each Class of the Subordinate Notes, the
amount of interest to be paid on the Subordinate Notes will be allocated among
each Class thereof (and within a Class among the Notes of such Class) pro rata
in accordance with their respective entitlements to interest, and the amount of
such shortfall will be carried forward and, together with interest thereon at
the applicable Interest Rate, added to the amount of interest such Holders will
be entitled to receive on the next Payment Date.
 
PRINCIPAL
 
     To the extent the remaining Amount Available (after taking into account any
prior applications described under ' -- Distributions' above) is sufficient
therefor, the amount of principal to be paid on the Notes and the Equity
Certificates on each Payment Date will equal the Monthly Principal Amount.
Principal payable on the Notes on each Payment Date will be paid subsequently in
respect of principal on the Senior Notes until the Principal Balance of each
Class thereof has been reduced to zero, then in respect of principal on the
Subordinate Notes until the Principal Balance of each Class thereof has been
reduced to zero. Commencing on the first Payment Date, however,   % of the
Monthly Principal Amount for each Payment Date will be payable on the Equity
Certificates, on a parity with payment of principal on the Notes, until the
aggregate amount so paid equals $       (which is approximately   % of the
Initial Contract Pool Principal Balance).
 
     The 'Monthly Principal Amount' for any Payment Date will equal the excess,
if any, of (i) the sum of the principal balances of the Notes and the Equity
Certificates as of such Payment Date (determined prior to the payment of any
principal in respect thereof on such Payment Date), over (ii) the aggregate of
the Contract Principal Balances of the Contracts (the 'Contract Pool Principal
Balance') as of the last day of the Collection Period relating to such Payment
Date.
 
                                      S-31
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
     The 'Contract Principal Balance' of any Contract as of the last day of any
Collection Period is:
 
          (1) in the case of any Contract that does not by its terms permit
     prepayment or early termination, or that permits prepayment or early
     termination only upon payment of a premium that has the effect of capturing
     the yield of the Contract, the present value of the unpaid Scheduled
     Payments due on such Contract after such last day of the Collection Period
     (excluding all Scheduled Payments due on or prior to, but not received as
     of, such last day, as well as any Scheduled Payments due after such last
     day and received on or prior thereto), after giving effect to any
     Prepayments received on or prior to such last day, discounted monthly at
     the rate of [  ]% per annum (assuming, for purposes of such calculation,
     that each Scheduled Payment is due on the last day of the applicable
     Collection Period); and
 
          (2) in the case of any Contract that permits prepayment or early
     termination without a premium, the lesser of (a) the outstanding principal
     balance of such Contract after giving effect to Scheduled Payments due on
     or prior to such last day of the Collection Period, whether or not
     received, as well as any Prepayments, and any Scheduled Payments due after
     such last day, received on or prior to such last day, and (b) the present
     value of the unpaid Scheduled Payments due on such Contract after such last
     day of the Collection Period (excluding all Scheduled Payments due on or
     prior to, but not received as of, such last day, as well as any Scheduled
     Payments due after such last day and received prior thereto), after giving
     effect to any Prepayments received on or prior to such last day, discounted
     monthly at the rate of [  ]% per annum (assuming, for purposes of such
     calculation, that each Scheduled Payment is due on the last day of the
     applicable Collection Period).
 
The Contract Principal Balance of any Contract which became a Liquidated
Contract during a given Collection Period or was required to be purchased by TCC
as of the end of a given Collection Period due to a breach of representations
and warranties, will, for purposes of computing the Monthly Principal Amount and
the Requisite Amount for the Cash Collateral Account, be deemed to be zero on
and after the last day of such Collection Period.
 
     A 'Liquidated Contract' is any Contract (a) which the Servicer has charged
off as uncollectible in accordance with its credit and collection policies and
procedures (which shall be no later than the date as of which the Servicer has
repossessed and disposed of the related Equipment, or otherwise collected all
proceeds which, in the Servicer's reasonable judgment, can be collected under
such Contract), or (b) as to which 10% or more of a Scheduled Payment is
delinquent 180 days or more.
 
     The 'Collection Period' for any Payment Date will be the calendar month
preceding the month in which such Payment Date occurs.
 
     The 'Initial Contract Pool Principal Balance' is $       (which amount is
based upon the Contract Pool Principal Balance determined as of the Cut-Off
Date, but also includes an amount in respect of Scheduled Payments on the
Contracts due prior to, but not received as of, the Cut-Off Date).
 
SUBORDINATION OF SUBORDINATE NOTES AND EQUITY CERTIFICATES
 
     The likelihood of payment of interest on each Class of Notes will be
enhanced by the application of the Amount Available, after payment of the
Servicing Fee, to the payment of such interest prior to the payment of principal
on any of the Notes or the Equity Certificates, as well as by the preferential
right of the Holders of Notes of each such Class to receive such interest (1) in
the case of the Senior Notes, prior to the payment of any interest on the
Subordinate Notes or the Equity Certificates, and (2) in the case of the
Subordinate Notes, prior to the payment of any interest on the Equity
Certificates. Likewise, the likelihood of payment of principal on each Class of
Notes will be enhanced by the preferential right of the Holders of Notes of each
such Class to receive such principal, to the extent of the Amount Available,
after payment of the Servicing Fee and interest on the Notes and the Equity
Certificates as aforesaid, (i) in the case of the Senior Notes, prior to the
payment of any principal on the Subordinate Notes or (except as described under
' -- Principal' above) the Equity Certificates and (ii) in the case of the
Subordinate Notes, prior to the payment of any principal on the Equity
Certificates, except as described under ' -- Principal' above.
 
                                      S-32
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
CASH COLLATERAL ACCOUNT
 
     The Cash Collateral Account will be established on or prior to the Closing
Date and will be available to the Indenture Trustee. The Cash Collateral Account
will initially be funded in an amount equal to [  ]% of the Initial Contract
Pool Principal Balance (approximately $       ) (the 'Initial Amount'). Amounts
on deposit from time to time in the Cash Collateral Account (up to, but not in
excess of, the Requisite Amount described below, and not including any
investment earnings on such funds) shall be used to fund the following amounts
in the following order of priority (to the extent that amounts on deposit in the
Collection Account as of any Deposit Date are insufficient therefor and provided
that any such insufficiency has resulted, directly or indirectly, from
delinquencies or defaults, or both, on the Contracts): (i) to pay interest on
the Notes and the Equity Certificates in the following order of priority: (a)
interest on the Senior Notes (including any overdue interest and interest
thereon), (b) interest on the Subordinate Notes (including any overdue interest
and interest thereon) and (c) interest on the Equity Certificates (including any
overdue interest and interest thereon); (ii) to pay any Principal Deficiency
Amount (equal to the lesser of (a) the aggregate Liquidation Losses on all
Contracts that became Liquidated Contracts during the related Collection Period
(the 'Current Realized Losses') or (b) the excess, if any, of (A) the aggregate
principal balance of the Notes and the Equity Certificates (after giving effect
to all other distributions of principal on such Payment Date), over (B) the
aggregate of the Required Payoff Amounts for all Contracts as of the last day of
the related Collection Period); and (iii) to pay principal on the Notes and
Equity Certificates at the applicable Stated Maturity Date thereof.
 
     'Liquidation Loss' means, as to any Liquidated Contract, the excess, if
any, of (1) the Required Payoff Amount of such Contract for the Collection
Period during which such Contract became a Liquidated Contract, over (2) that
portion of the Liquidation Proceeds for such Liquidated Contract allocated to
the Owner Trust (as described under ' -- Liquidated Contracts' below).
 
     The 'Required Payoff Amount,' with respect to any Collection Period for any
Contract, is equal to the sum of: (i) the Scheduled Payment due in such
Collection Period, together with any Scheduled Payments due in prior Collection
Periods and not yet received, plus (ii) the Contract Principal Balance of such
Contract as of the last day of such Collection Period (after taking into account
the Scheduled Payment due in such Collection Period).
 
     If and to the extent that the amount on deposit in the Cash Collateral
Account as of any Payment Date is less than the Requisite Amount, then such
deficiency is to be restored from the remaining Amount Available, after payment
of the Servicing Fee and interest and principal on the Notes and the Equity
Certificates as described under ' -- Distributions' above. The 'Requisite
Amount' will be (i) for any Payment Date on or prior to the Payment Date
occurring in [            ], the Initial Amount, and (ii) for any Payment Date
thereafter, an amount equal to the greater of (a) the sum of (1) [  ]% of the
Contract Pool Principal Balance for such Payment Date, plus (2) the excess, if
any, of (A) the sum of the principal balances of the Notes and the Equity
Certificates after giving effect to any payment of principal in respect thereof
on such Payment Date, over (B) the Contract Pool Principal Balance for such
Payment Date, and (b) $     (which is   % of the Initial Contract Pool Principal
Balance); provided that in no event will the Requisite Amount exceed the sum of
the principal balances of the Notes and the Equity Certificates. Any amount on
deposit in the Cash Collateral Account in excess of the Requisite Amount, and
all investment earnings on funds in the Cash Collateral Account, will be
released from the Cash Collateral Account and paid to or upon the order of the
Depositor, and will not be available to make payments on the Notes or the Equity
Certificates.
 
     The Cash Collateral Account must be an Eligible Account, and funds on
deposit in the Cash Collateral Account will be invested in Eligible Investments
(each as defined under ' -- Trust Accounts' below).
 
LIQUIDATED CONTRACTS
 
     Liquidation Proceeds (which will consist generally of all amounts received
by the Servicer in connection with the liquidation of a Contract and disposition
of the related Equipment, net of any related out-of-pocket liquidation expenses)
will be allocated as follows: (i) with respect to any Loan
 
                                      S-33
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
Contract, all such Liquidation Proceeds will be allocated to the Owner Trust;
and (ii) with respect to any Lease Contract, such Liquidation Proceeds will be
allocated on a pro rata basis between the Depositor, on the one hand, and the
Owner Trust, on the other, based respectively on (a) the 'Book Value' of the
Leased Equipment (which is a fixed amount equal to the value of the Leased
Equipment as shown on the accounting books and records of TCC or the applicable
Originator, as appropriate, as of the Cut-Off Date) and (b) the Required Payoff
Amount for such Lease Contract (determined as of the Collection Period during
which such Lease Contract became a Liquidated Contract); provided that, in the
event the Liquidation Proceeds in respect of any Lease Contract and the related
Leased Equipment exceed the sum of the Required Payoff Amount for such Contract
and the Book Value of such Leased Equipment, any such excess shall be allocated
solely to the Depositor. By way of example, if the Servicer, in connection with
a defaulted Lease Contract, derived Liquidation Proceeds in the amount of $100
from the liquidation of such Lease Contract and disposition of the related
Leased Equipment, and if the Required Payoff Amount of such Lease Contract was,
as of the Collection Period during which such Lease Contract became a Liquidated
Contract, $120 and the Book Value of such Leased Equipment was $30, such
Liquidation Proceeds would be allocated to the Owner Trust in the amount of $80
and to the Depositor in the amount of $20. All Liquidation Proceeds which are so
allocable to the Owner Trust will be deposited in the Collection Account and
constitute Pledged Revenues to be applied to the payment of interest and
principal on the Notes and the Equity Certificates in accordance with the
priorities described under ' -- Distributions' above.
 
OPTIONAL PURCHASE OF CONTRACTS
 
     The Depositor may purchase all of the Contracts on any Payment Date
following the date on which the unpaid principal balance of the Notes and the
Equity Certificates is less than 10% of the Initial Contract Pool Principal
Balance. The purchase price to be paid in connection with such purchase shall be
at least equal to the unpaid principal balance of the Notes and the Equity
Certificates as of such Payment Date plus interest to be paid on the Notes and
the Equity Certificates on such Payment Date. The proceeds of such purchase
shall be applied on such Payment Date to the payment of the remaining principal
balance of the Notes and the Equity Certificates, together with accrued interest
thereon.
 
REPORTS TO NOTEHOLDERS
 
     The Servicer will furnish to the Indenture Trustee, and the Indenture
Trustee will include with each distribution to a Noteholder, a statement in
respect of the related Payment Date setting forth, among other things:
 
          (i) the amount of interest paid on each Class of the Senior Notes,
     including any unpaid interest from the prior Payment Date, and any
     remaining unpaid interest on each Class of the Senior Notes;
 
          (ii) the amount of interest paid on each Class of the Subordinate
     Notes, including any unpaid interest from the prior Payment Date, and any
     remaining unpaid interest on each Class of the Subordinate Notes;
 
          (iii) the amount of principal paid on each Class of the Senior Notes;
 
          (iv) the amount of principal paid on each Class of the Subordinate
     Notes;
 
          (v) the Principal Deficiency Amount, if any, for such Payment Date;
 
          (vi) the amount of interest and principal (if any) paid on the Equity
     Certificates; and
 
          (vii) the Requisite Amount of the Cash Collateral Account and the
     amount on deposit in the Cash Collateral Account (after giving effect to
     any deposits and withdrawals to be made on the Payment Date).
 
     The Notes will be registered in the name of a nominee of DTC and will not
be registered in the names of the beneficial owners or their nominees. As a
result, unless and until Definitive Notes are issued in the limited
circumstances described in the Prospectus under 'Description of the Notes --
Definitive Notes,' beneficial owners will not be recognized by the Indenture
Trustee as Noteholders, as that term is used in the Indenture. Hence, until such
time, beneficial owners will receive reports and
 
                                      S-34
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
other information provided for under the Indenture only if, when and to the
extent provided by DTC and its participating organizations. The Servicer will
file a copy of each such report with the Commission on Form 8-K. However, in
accordance with the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission
thereunder, the Depositor expects that the Trust's obligation to file such
reports will be terminated at the end of         .
 
THE INDENTURE TRUSTEE
 
                             will be the Indenture Trustee. The Indenture
Trustee may resign at any time, in which event the Depositor will be obligated
to appoint a successor trustee. The Depositor may also remove the Indenture
Trustee if the Indenture Trustee ceases to be eligible to continue as such under
the Indenture, if the Indenture Trustee becomes insolvent or if the rating
assigned to the long-term unsecured debt obligations of the Indenture Trustee
(or the holding company thereof) by the Rating Agencies shall be lowered below
the rating of 'BBB', 'Baa3' or equivalent rating or be withdrawn by any Rating
Agency. In such circumstances, the Depositor will be obligated to appoint a
successor trustee. Any resignation or removal of the Indenture Trustee and
appointment of a successor trustee will not become effective until acceptance of
the appointment by a successor trustee.
 
                             UNITED STATES TAXATION
 
     The following discussion is a summary of certain United States federal
income tax considerations relevant to the purchase, ownership and disposition of
the Notes by the holders thereof. Dorsey & Whitney LLP, counsel to the
Depositor, and                               , counsel to the Underwriters
(collectively, 'Counsel'), are each delivering their opinion regarding certain
federal income tax matters discussed below. The opinions of Counsel address only
those issues specifically identified below as being covered by such opinions;
however, the opinions of Counsel also state that the additional discussion set
forth below accurately sets forth Counsel's advice with respect to material tax
issues. The opinions of Counsel are not binding on the Internal Revenue Service
(the 'IRS'). There can be no assurance that the IRS will take a similar view of
such issues, and no assurance can be given that the opinions of Counsel would be
sustained if challenged by the IRS. No ruling on any of the issues discussed
below will be sought from the IRS.
 
     This summary does not purport to be a complete analysis of all the
potential federal income tax consequences relating to the purchase, ownership
and disposition of the Notes. Moreover, the discussion does not address all
aspects of taxation that may be relevant to particular purchasers in light of
their individual circumstances (including the effect of any foreign, state or
local tax laws) or to certain types of purchasers (including dealers in
securities, insurance companies, financial institutions and tax-exempt entities)
subject to special treatment under United States federal income tax laws. The
discussion below assumes that the Notes are held as capital assets.
 
     The discussion of the United States federal income tax consequences set
forth below is based upon currently existing provisions of the Internal Revenue
Code of 1986, as amended (the 'Code'), judicial decisions and administrative
interpretations, all of which are subject to change, which changes may be
retroactive. Because individual circumstances may differ, each prospective
purchaser of the Notes is strongly urged to consult its own tax advisor with
respect to its particular tax situation and the tax effects of any state, local,
foreign, or other tax laws and possible changes in the tax laws.
 
     As used herein, the term 'United States Holder' means a beneficial owner of
a Note who or which is for United States federal income tax purposes either (i)
a citizen or resident of the United States, (ii) a corporation, partnership or
other entity created or organized in or under the laws of the United States or
of any political subdivision thereof, (iii) an estate the income of which is
subject to United States federal income taxation regardless of its source or
(iv) a trust, (A) for taxable years beginning after      (or after      , if the
trustee has made an applicable election), with respect to which a court within
the United States is able to exercise primary supervision over its
administration, and one or more United States fiduciaries have the authority to
control all of its substantial decisions, or (B) otherwise, the income of which
is subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of its source. The term also
includes certain former citizens of the United States whose income and gain on
the Notes will be subject to
 
                                      S-35
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
United States taxation. As used herein, the term 'United States Alien Holder'
means a beneficial owner of a Note that is not a United States Holder.
 
TREATMENT OF THE NOTES
 
     In the opinion of Counsel, the Notes will be treated as indebtedness for
United States federal income tax purposes. Under the terms of the Notes and the
Indenture, each Noteholder agrees and acknowledges upon its purchase of the
Notes and by acceptance of the Notes that it will also treat the Notes as
indebtedness for such purposes.
 
TREATMENT OF THE OWNER TRUST
 
     In the opinion of Counsel, the Owner Trust will not be characterized as an
'association' or 'publicly traded partnership' taxable as a corporation for
United States federal income tax purposes. If the Owner Trust were treated as
either an association or a publicly traded partnership taxable as a corporation,
the resulting entity would be subject to federal income taxes at corporate tax
rates on its taxable income generated by ownership of the Contracts, and certain
distributions by the entity would not be deductible in computing the entity's
taxable income. Such an entity-level tax could result in reduced distributions
to Noteholders.
 
PAYMENTS OF INTEREST
 
     Interest paid on a Note will generally be taxable to a United States Holder
as ordinary interest income at the time it accrues or is received in accordance
with the United States Holder's method of accounting for federal income tax
purposes.
 
ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT
 
     Under applicable regulations, a Note will be considered issued with
original issue discount ('OID') if the 'stated redemption price at maturity' of
the Note (generally equal to its principal amount as of the date of issuance
plus all interest other than 'qualified stated interest' payable prior to or at
maturity) exceeds the original issue price (in this case, the initial offering
price at which a substantial amount of the Notes are sold to the public). Any
OID would be considered de minimis under the regulations if it does not exceed
 .25% of the stated redemption price at maturity of a Note multiplied by the
number of full years until its maturity date or, in the case of the Notes which
have more than one principal payment, the weighted average maturity date. It is
anticipated that the Notes will not be considered issued with more than de
minimis OID. Under the OID regulations, a holder of a Note issued with a de
minimis amount of OID must include an allocable portion of such OID in income as
principal payments are made on the Note.
 
     While it is not anticipated that the Notes will be issued with more than de
minimis OID, it is possible that they will be so issued. If the Notes are issued
with more than de minimis OID, such OID would be includible in the income of
Noteholders as interest over the term of the Notes under a constant yield
method. Any amount included in income as OID would not, however, be includible
again when the amount is actually received. If the yield on a class of Notes is
not materially different from its coupon, this treatment will have no
significant effect on Noteholders using the accrual method of accounting. Cash
method Noteholders, however, may be required to report income with respect to
Notes issued with OID in advance of the receipt of cash attributable to such
income. Each Noteholder should consult its own tax advisor regarding the impact
of the OID rules if the Notes are issued with OID and the consequences to such
holder as a result of special rules in the Code which are applicable to debt
instruments whose principal payments may be accelerated by reason of prepayments
of other obligations securing such debt instruments.
 
MARKET DISCOUNT
 
     If a United States Holder purchases a Note at a price that is less than its
remaining principal amount or, in the case of a Note issued with OID, its
adjusted issue price, by 0.25% or more of its
 
                                      S-36
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
remaining redemption amount multiplied by the number of whole years to maturity,
the Note will be considered to bear 'market discount' in the hands of such
United States Holder. In such case, principal payments received by the United
States Holder, or gain realized by the United States Holder on the disposition
of the Note, generally will be treated as ordinary interest income to the extent
of the market discount that accrued on the Note while held by such United States
Holder and that has not previously been included in income. Market discount
generally accrues on a straight-line basis over the remaining term of a Note
except that, at the election of the United States Holder, market discount may
accrue on a constant yield basis. A United States Holder may not be allowed to
deduct immediately all or a portion of the interest expense on any indebtedness
incurred or continued to purchase or to carry such Note. A United States Holder
may elect to include market discount in income currently as it accrues (either
on a straight-line basis or, if the United States Holder so elects, on a
constant yield basis), in which case the interest deferral rule set forth in the
preceding sentence will not apply. Such an election will apply to all bonds
acquired by the United States Holder on or after the first day of the first
taxable year to which such election applies and may be revoked only with the
consent of the IRS. A United States Holder may not be allowed to deduct
immediately all or a portion of the interest expense on any indebtedness
incurred or continued, or short-sale expenses incurred, to purchase or carry
such a Note; provided, that, if such a Noteholder elected to include market
discount in income currently as it accrues, the foregoing deferral rule will not
apply.
 
AMORTIZABLE BOND PREMIUM
 
     If a United States Holder purchases a Note for an amount that is greater
than the amount payable at maturity, such holder will be considered to have
purchased such Note with 'amortizable bond premium' equal in amount to such
excess, and may elect (in accordance with applicable Code provisions) to
amortize such premium using a constant yield method over the remaining term of
the Note. The amount amortized in any year will be treated as a reduction of the
United States Holder's interest income from the Note in such year. A United
States Holder that elects to amortize bond premium must reduce its tax basis in
the Note by the amount of the premium amortized in any year. An election to
amortize bond premium applies to all taxable debt obligations then owned or
thereafter acquired by the United States Holder and may be revoked only with the
consent of the IRS.
 
SALE, EXCHANGE OR RETIREMENT OF NOTES
 
     Upon the sale, exchange or retirement of a Note, a United States Holder
will recognize taxable gain or loss equal to the difference between the amount
realized on the sale, exchange or retirement (not including any amount
attributable to accrued but unpaid interest) and such holder's adjusted tax
basis in the Note. To the extent attributable to accrued but unpaid interest,
the amount realized by a United States Holder would be treated as a payment of
interest. A United States Holder's adjusted tax basis in a Note will equal the
cost of the Note to such holder, increased by the amount of any OID and market
discount previously included in income by such holder with respect to such Note
and reduced by any amortized bond premium and any principal payments received by
such holder.
 
     Subject to the discussion of market discount above, gain or loss realized
on the sale, exchange or retirement of a Note by a United States Holder will be
capital gain or loss, and will be long-term capital gain or loss if at the time
of the sale, exchange or retirement the Note has been held for more than one
year. The excess of net long-term capital gains over net short-term capital
losses is taxed at a lower rate than ordinary income for certain non-corporate
taxpayers, but not for corporate taxpayers. The distinction between capital gain
or loss and ordinary income or loss is also relevant for purposes of, among
other things, limitations on the deductibility of capital losses.
 
TAX CONSEQUENCES TO UNITED STATES ALIEN HOLDERS
 
     Under present United States federal income and estate tax law, and subject
to the discussion below concerning backup withholding:
 
          (a) payments of principal of and interest on the Notes by the Trustee
     or any paying agent to a beneficial owner of a Note that is a United States
     Alien Holder, as defined above, will not be
 
                                      S-37
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
     subject to United States federal withholding tax, provided that, in the
     case of interest, (i) such holder does not own, actually or constructively,
     10 percent or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of
     stock of the Depositor or TCC entitled to vote, (ii) such holder is not,
     for United States federal income tax purposes, a controlled foreign
     corporation related, directly or indirectly, to the Depositor or TCC
     through stock ownership, (iii) such holder is not a bank receiving interest
     described in Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, and (iv) the certification
     requirements under Section 871(h) or Section 881(c) of the Code and
     Treasury regulations thereunder (summarized below) are met;
 
          (b) a United States Alien Holder of a Note will not be subject to
     United States federal income tax on gain realized on the sale, exchange or
     other disposition of such Note, unless (i) such holder is an individual who
     is present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of
     sale, exchange or other disposition, and certain conditions are met or (ii)
     such gain is effectively connected with the conduct by such holder of a
     trade or business in the United States; and
 
          (c) a Note held by an individual who is not a citizen or resident of
     the United States at the time of his death will not be subject to United
     States federal estate tax as a result of such individual's death, provided
     that, at the time of such individual's death, the individual does not own,
     actually or constructively, 10 percent or more of the total combined voting
     power of all classes of stock of the Depositor or TCC entitled to vote and
     payments with respect to such Note would not have been effectively
     connected to the conduct by such individual of a trade or business in the
     United States.
 
     Sections 871(h) and 881(c) of the Code and Treasury Regulations thereunder
require that, in order to obtain the exemption from withholding tax described in
paragraph (a) above, either (i) the beneficial owner of a Note must certify
under penalties of perjury to the Indenture Trustee or the paying agent, as the
case may be, that such owner is a United States Alien Holder and must provide
such owner's name and address, and United States taxpayer identification number,
if any, or (ii) a securities clearing organization, bank or other financial
institution that holds customers' securities in the ordinary course of its trade
or business (a 'Financial Institution') and holds the Note on behalf of the
beneficial owner thereof must certify under penalties of perjury to the
Indenture Trustee or the paying agent, as the case may be, that such certificate
has been received from the beneficial owner by it or by a Financial Institution
between it and the beneficial owner and must furnish the payor with copy
thereof. A certificate described in this paragraph is effective only with
respect to payments of interest made to the certifying United States Alien
Holder after issuance of the Notes in the calendar year of its issuance and the
two immediately succeeding calendar years. Under temporary United States
Treasury Regulations, such requirement will be fulfilled if the beneficial owner
of a Note certifies on IRS Form W-8, under penalties of perjury, that it is a
United States Alien Holder and provides its name and address, and any Financial
Institution holding the Note on behalf of the beneficial owner files a statement
with the withholding agent to the effect that it has received such a statement
from the beneficial owner (and furnishes the withholding agent with a copy
thereof).
 
     If a United States Alien Holder of a Note is engaged in a trade or business
in the United States, and if interest on the Note, or gain realized on the sale,
exchange or other disposition of the Note, is effectively connected with the
conduct of such trade or business, the United States Alien Holder, although
exempt from United States withholding tax, will generally be subject to regular
United States income tax on such interest or gain in the same manner as if it
were a United States Holder. In lieu of the certificate described in the
preceding paragraph, such a holder will be required to provide to the Trustee or
the paying agent, as the case may be, a properly executed IRS Form 4224 in order
to claim an exemption from withholding tax. In addition, if such United States
Alien Holder is a foreign corporation, it may be subject to a branch profits tax
equal to 30% (or such lower rate provided by an applicable treaty) of its
effectively connected earnings and profits for the taxable year, subject to
certain adjustments. For purposes of the branch profits tax, interest on and any
gain recognized on the sale, exchange or other disposition of a Note will be
included in the earnings and profits of such United States Alien Holder if such
interest or gain is effectively connected with the conduct by the United States
Alien Holder of a trade or business in the United States.
 
                                      S-38
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
BACKUP WITHHOLDING
 
     Under current United States federal income tax law, a 31% backup
withholding tax requirement applies to certain payments of interest on, and the
proceeds of a sale, exchange or redemption of, the Notes.
 
     Backup withholding will generally not apply with respect to payments made
to certain exempt recipients such as corporations or other tax-exempt entities.
In the case of a non-corporate United States Holder, backup withholding will
apply only if such holder (i) fails to furnish its taxpayer identification
number ('TIN') which, for an individual, would be his social security number,
(ii) furnishes an incorrect TIN, (iii) is notified by the IRS that it has failed
to report properly payments of interest and dividends or (iv) under certain
circumstances, fails to certify under penalties of perjury that it has furnished
a correct TIN and has not been notified by the IRS that it is subject to backup
withholding for failure to report interest and dividend payments.
 
     In the case of a United States Alien Holder, under current Treasury
Regulations, backup withholding will not apply to payments made by the Indenture
Trustee or any paying agent thereof on a Note if such holder has provided the
required certificate under penalties of perjury that it is not a United States
Holder (as defined above) or has otherwise established an exemption, provided in
each case that the Indenture Trustee or such paying agent, as the case may be,
does not have actual knowledge that the payee is a United States Holder.
 
     Under current Treasury Regulations, if payments on a Note are made to or
through a foreign office of a custodian, nominee or other agent acting on behalf
of a beneficial owner of a Note, such custodian, nominee or other agent will not
be required to apply backup withholding to such payments made to such beneficial
owner.
 
     Under current Treasury Regulations, payments on the sale, exchange or other
disposition of a Note made to or through a foreign office of a broker generally
will not be subject to backup withholding. Payments to or through the United
States office of a broker will be subject to backup withholding and information
reporting unless the holder certifies under penalties of perjury that it is not
a United States Holder and that certain other conditions are met or otherwise
establishes an exemption.
 
     Holders of Notes should consult their tax advisors regarding the
application of backup withholding in their particular situations, the
availability of an exemption therefrom and the procedure for obtaining such an
exemption, if available. Any amounts withheld from payment under the backup
withholding rules will be allowed as a credit against a holder's United States
federal income tax liability and may entitle such holder to a refund, provided
that the required information is furnished to the IRS.
 
     THE FOREGOING DISCUSSION IS FOR GENERAL INFORMATION AND IS NOT TAX ADVICE.
ACCORDINGLY, EACH PROSPECTIVE NOTEHOLDER SHOULD CONSULT ITS OWN TAX ADVISOR AS
TO THE PARTICULAR TAX CONSEQUENCES TO THE PROSPECTIVE NOTEHOLDER, INCLUDING THE
APPLICABILITY AND EFFECT OF ANY STATE, LOCAL OR FOREIGN INCOME TAX LAWS AND ANY
RECENT OR POSSIBLE CHANGES IN APPLICABLE TAX LAWS.
 
                              ERISA CONSIDERATIONS
 
     The following information supplements, and to the extent inconsistent
therewith supersedes, the information in the Prospectus under 'ERISA
Considerations.'
 
     Section 406 of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act ('ERISA'),
and/or Section 4975 of the Code, prohibits a pension, profit-sharing or other
employee benefit plan, as well as individual retirement accounts and certain
types of Keogh Plans (each a 'Benefit Plan') from engaging in certain
transactions with persons that are 'parties in interest' under ERISA or
'disqualified persons' under the Code with respect to such Benefit Plan. A
violation of these 'prohibited transaction' rules may result in an excise tax or
other penalties and liabilities under ERISA and the Code for such persons. Title
I of ERISA also requires that fiduciaries of a Benefit Plan subject to ERISA
make investments that are prudent, diversified (except if prudent not to do so)
and in accordance with governing plan documents.
 
                                      S-39
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
     Certain transactions involving the purchase, holding or transfer of the
Notes might be deemed to constitute prohibited transactions under ERISA and the
Code if assets of the Owner Trust were deemed to be assets of a Benefit Plan.
Under a regulation issued by the United States Department of Labor (the 'Plan
Assets Regulation'), the assets of the Owner Trust would be treated as plan
assets of a Benefit Plan for the purposes of ERISA and the Code only if the
Benefit Plan acquires an 'equity interest' in the Owner Trust and none of the
exceptions contained in the Plan Assets Regulation is applicable. An equity
interest is defined under the Plan Assets Regulation as an interest in an entity
other than an instrument which is treated as indebtedness under applicable local
law and which has no substantial equity features. The Plan Assets Regulation
also provides that a beneficial interest in a trust is an equity interest.
Although there can be no assurances in this regard, it appears that the Notes
should be treated as debt without substantial equity features for purposes of
the Plan Assets Regulation and that the Notes do not constitute beneficial
interests in the Owner Trust for purposes of the Plan Assets Regulation.
However, without regard to whether the Notes are treated as an equity interest
for such purposes, the acquisition or holding of Notes by or on behalf of a
Benefit Plan could be considered to give rise to a prohibited transaction if the
Owner Trust, the Owner Trustee or the Indenture Trustee, or any of their
respective affiliates is or becomes a party in interest or a disqualified person
with respect to such Benefit Plan. In such case, certain exemptions from the
prohibited transaction rules could be applicable depending on the type and
circumstances of the plan fiduciary making the decision to acquire a Note.
Included among these exemptions are: Prohibited Transaction Class Exemption
('PTCE') 96-23, regarding transactions effected by 'in-house asset managers';
PTCE 90-1, regarding investments by insurance company pooled separate accounts;
PTCE 95-60, regarding transactions effected by 'insurance company general
accounts'; PTCE 91-38, regarding investments by bank collective investment
funds; and PTCE 84-14, regarding transactions effected by 'qualified
professional asset managers.'
 
     Employee benefit plans that are governmental plans (as defined in Section
3(32) of ERISA) and certain church plans (as defined in Section 3(33) of ERISA)
are not subject to ERISA requirements.
 
     A PLAN FIDUCIARY CONSIDERING THE PURCHASE OF ANY OF THE NOTES SHOULD
CONSULT ITS TAX AND/OR LEGAL ADVISORS REGARDING WHETHER THE ASSETS OF THE OWNER
TRUST WOULD BE CONSIDERED PLAN ASSETS, THE POSSIBILITY OF EXEMPTIVE RELIEF FROM
THE PROHIBITED TRANSACTION RULES AND OTHER ISSUES AND THEIR POTENTIAL
CONSEQUENCES.
 
                              RATINGS OF THE NOTES
 
     It is a condition of issuance that each of [       ] (i) rate the Senior
Notes in its highest rating category and (ii) rate the Subordinate Notes at
least [       ]. The rating of each Class of Notes addresses the likelihood of
the timely receipt of interest and payment of principal on such Class of Notes
on or before the Stated Maturity Date for such Class. The rating of the Notes
will be based primarily upon the Pledged Revenues, the Cash Collateral Account
and the subordination provided by (1) the Subordinate Notes and the Equity
Certificates, in the case of the Senior Notes and (2) the Equity Certificates,
in the case of the Subordinate Notes. There is no assurance that any such rating
will not be lowered or withdrawn by the assigning Rating Agency if, in its
judgment, circumstances so warrant. In the event that a rating or ratings with
respect to the Notes is qualified, reduced or withdrawn, no person or entity
will be obligated to provide any additional credit enhancement with respect to
the Notes so qualified, reduced or withdrawn.
 
     The rating of the Notes should be evaluated independently from similar
ratings on other types of securities. A rating is not a recommendation to buy,
sell or hold the Notes, inasmuch as such rating does not comment as to market
price or suitability for a particular investor. The ratings of the Notes do not
address the likelihood of payment of principal on any Class of Notes prior to
the Stated Maturity Date thereof, or the possibility of the imposition of United
States withholding tax with respect to non-United States Persons.
 
                                      S-40
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
                                USE OF PROCEEDS
 
     The proceeds from the offering and sale of the Notes, together with the
proceeds derived by the Depositor from its disposition of the Equity
Certificates, after funding a portion of the Cash Collateral Account and paying
the expenses of the Depositor, will be paid to the Originators by the Depositor
in connection with the transfer of the Contracts and the Originators' interests
in the Equipment.
 
                                  UNDERWRITING
 
     Subject to the terms and conditions of the United States underwriting
agreement (the 'U.S. Underwriting Agreement'), the underwriters named below (the
'U.S. Underwriters'), through their representative,
                              (the 'U.S. Representative'), have severally agreed
to purchase from the Depositor the following respective Initial Principal Amount
of Notes (the 'U.S. Notes') at the initial public offering price less the
underwriting discounts set forth on the cover page of this Prospectus:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       INITIAL PRINCIPAL    INITIAL PRINCIPAL
                                                                           AMOUNT OF            AMOUNT OF
U.S. UNDERWRITERS                                                        SENIOR NOTES       SUBORDINATE NOTES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------   -----------------    -----------------
 
<S>                                                                    <C>                  <C>
Total...............................................................
</TABLE>
 
     In the U.S. Underwriting Agreement, the U.S. Underwriters have agreed,
subject to the terms and conditions set forth therein, to purchase all of the
U.S. Notes offered hereby if any of such U.S. Notes are purchased. The Depositor
has been advised by the U.S. Representative that the U.S. Underwriters propose
initially to offer the U.S. Notes to the public at the respective public
offering prices set forth on the cover page of this Prospectus, and to certain
dealers at such price, less a concession not in excess of   % per        Note,
  % per Senior Note and   % per [Subordinate] Note. The U.S. Underwriters may
allow and such dealers may reallow to other dealers a discount not in excess of
  % per [Senior ]Note and   % per [Subordinate] Note. After the Notes are
released for sale to the public, the offering prices and other selling terms may
be varied by the U.S. Representative.
 
     TCC and certain of its affiliates have agreed to indemnify the U.S.
Underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
 
     The Notes are new issues of securities with no established trading market.
The Depositor has been advised by the U.S. Representative that the U.S.
Underwriters intend to make a market in the Notes in the United States but are
not obligated to do so and may discontinue market making at any time without
notice. The Depositor has been advised by the International Managers that the
International Managers intend to make a market in the Notes outside of the
United States but are not obligated to do so and may discontinue market making
at any time without notice. No assurance can be given as to the liquidity of the
trading market for the Notes.
 
     Funds in the Cash Collateral Account and the Trust Accounts may, from time
to time, be invested in Eligible Investments acquired from the U.S.
Underwriters.
 
     TCC and the Depositor have entered into an underwriting agreement (the
'International Underwriting Agreement') with certain managers (the
'International Managers,' and collectively with the U.S. Underwriters, the
'Underwriters') through their representative, [                        ] (the
'International Representative'), providing for the concurrent offer and sale of
an aggregate of $       and $       principal amount of Senior Notes and
Subordinate Notes, respectively (the 'International Notes') outside the United
States. The offering price and aggregate underwriting discounts and commissions
per Note for the U.S. Notes and the International Notes are identical.
 
     To provide for the coordination of their activities, the U.S. Underwriters
and the International Managers have entered into an Agreement between U.S.
Underwriters and International Managers (the 'Intersyndicate Agreement') which
provides, among other things, that the U.S. Underwriters and the International
Managers may purchase and sell among each other such number of Notes as is
approved by                         . To the extent there are sales among the
U.S. Underwriters and the International Managers pursuant to the Intersyndicate
Agreement and as approved by
 
                                      S-41
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
[                        ], the number of U.S. Notes initially available for
sale by the U.S. Underwriters and the number of International Notes initially
available for sale by the International Managers may be more or less than the
numbers appearing on the cover page of this Prospectus. Except as permitted by
the Intersyndicate Agreement, the price of any Notes so sold will be the
respective initial public offering price, less an amount not greater than the
selling concession.
 
     Pursuant to the Intersyndicate Agreement, as part of the distribution of
the Notes and subject to certain exceptions, (a) the U.S. Underwriters will
offer and sell U.S. Notes only in the United States to U.S. Persons (as defined
below) and (b) the International Managers will offer and sell International
Notes only outside the United States to (i) non-U.S. Persons (including any
entity constituting an investment advisor located outside the United States
acting with discretionary authority for a U.S. Person) or (ii) U.S. Persons if
such sales are pursuant to Rule 15a-6(a)(4)(v) promulgated under the Exchange
Act. For these purposes, U.S. Person means individual residents in the United
States, corporations, partnerships, or other entities organized in or under the
laws of the United States or any political subdivision thereof (including any
such entity constituting an investment advisor acting with discretionary
authority for a non-U.S. Person) whose office most directly involved with the
purchase is located in such country, or a U.S. branch of a foreign bank or
financial institution. 'United States' means the United States of America, its
territories, its possessions and all areas subject to its jurisdiction.
 
     Application has been made to list the Notes on the Luxembourg Stock
Exchange.
 
                                 LEGAL MATTERS
 
     Certain legal matters with respect to the Notes will be passed upon for the
Depositor by Dorsey & Whitney LLP.                         will act as counsel
to the U.S. Underwriters and the International Managers. The Indenture, the
Transfer and Servicing Agreement, the Trust Agreement, the Purchase Agreement
and the Notes will be governed by the laws of the State of [New York].
 
                             ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
 
     1. The issue of the Notes has been authorized pursuant to the Indenture and
a resolution dated                   of the Board of Directors of the Depositor.
 
     2. An application has been made to list the Notes on the Luxembourg Stock
Exchange. In connection with such application, a legal notice of the issuance of
the Notes and copies of the Indenture and a copy of the Registration Statement
will be deposited with the Chief Registrar of the District of Luxembourg
(Greffier en Chef du Tribunal d'Arrondissement a Luxembourg) where such
documents may be examined and copies obtained.
 
     3. As long as the Notes are outstanding, copies of the Registration
Statement, all amendments and exhibits thereto, the Indenture and any reports
containing information on the Owner Trust prepared by the Servicer will be
available free of charge at the offices of the Indenture Trustee and
                        , as the listing agent in Luxembourg at the following
address:                               , and notices of their availability
(together with other notices to be given to Noteholders in accordance with the
Indenture) will be published in a leading newspaper having general circulation
in Luxembourg (which is expected to be the Luxemburger Wort).
 
     4. There is no litigation, arbitration or administrative proceeding, actual
or pending, which relates to the Owner Trust and to which the Owner Trust is a
party or of which the Owner Trust has been notified, or threatened that it will
be made a party, which is material in the context of the issue of the Notes.
 
     5. Upon issuance, the Notes will be accepted for clearance and settlement
through DTC, Euroclear and Cedel Bank, as applicable.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          COMMON CODE    ISIN    CUSIP
                                                                          -----------    ----    -----
 
<S>                                                                       <C>            <C>     <C>
Class      Notes.......................................................
Class      Notes.......................................................
Class      Notes.......................................................
Class      Notes.......................................................
Class      Notes.......................................................
</TABLE>
 
                                      S-42


<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
                            INDEX OF PRINCIPAL TERMS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    TERM                                                      PAGE
                                                    ----                                                      ----
<S>                                                                                                           <C>
Administrative Fees........................................................................................
Amount Available...........................................................................................
Article 2A.................................................................................................
AT&T.......................................................................................................
ATMs.......................................................................................................
Available Pledged Revenues.................................................................................
Bankruptcy Code............................................................................................
Bell Labs..................................................................................................
Benefit Plan...............................................................................................
Book Value.................................................................................................
Business Day...............................................................................................
Cash Collateral Account....................................................................................
Cedel Bank.................................................................................................
Cedel Bank Participants....................................................................................
CFC........................................................................................................
Closing Date...............................................................................................
CLT........................................................................................................
Code.......................................................................................................
Collection Account.........................................................................................
Collection Period..........................................................................................
Commission.................................................................................................
Contract Pool..............................................................................................
Contract Pool Principal Balance............................................................................
Contract Principal Balance.................................................................................
Contracts..................................................................................................
Counsel....................................................................................................
CPR........................................................................................................
Credit Corp................................................................................................
Current Collection Period Pledged Revenues.................................................................
Current Realized Losses....................................................................................
Cut-Off Date...............................................................................................
Cut-Off Date Contract Pool.................................................................................
Definitive Notes...........................................................................................
Deposit Date...............................................................................................
Depositor..................................................................................................
Depository.................................................................................................
Determination Date.........................................................................................
DTC........................................................................................................
DTC Participants...........................................................................................
Duff & Phelps..............................................................................................
Eligible Accounts..........................................................................................
Eligible Investments.......................................................................................
Equipment..................................................................................................
Equity Certificate Majority................................................................................
Equity Certificates........................................................................................
ERISA......................................................................................................
Euroclear..................................................................................................
Euroclear Operator.........................................................................................
Euroclear Participants.....................................................................................
Euroclear System...........................................................................................
Events of Default..........................................................................................
Exchange Act...............................................................................................
</TABLE>
 
                                      S-43
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                   TERM                                                       PAGE
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------   ----
<S>                                                                                                           <C>
Financial Institution......................................................................................
Fitch......................................................................................................
Global Notes...............................................................................................
Holders....................................................................................................
Indenture..................................................................................................
Indenture Trustee..........................................................................................
Indirect Participants......................................................................................
Initial Amount.............................................................................................
Initial Contract Pool Principal Balance....................................................................
Insolvency Laws............................................................................................
Insurance, Maintenance and Tax Accounts....................................................................
Interest Rate..............................................................................................
Interest Shortfall.........................................................................................
International Depositories.................................................................................
International Managers.....................................................................................
International Notes........................................................................................
International Representative...............................................................................
International Underwriting Agreement.......................................................................
Intersyndicate Agreement...................................................................................
IRS........................................................................................................
Lease Contract.............................................................................................
Leased Equipment...........................................................................................
Leasing Services...........................................................................................
Liquidated Contract........................................................................................
Liquidation Loss...........................................................................................
Liquidation Proceeds.......................................................................................
Loan Contracts.............................................................................................
Lucent.....................................................................................................
Luxembourg Paying Agent....................................................................................
Luxembourg Transfer Agent..................................................................................
Master Form Lease..........................................................................................
Monthly Principal Amount...................................................................................
Moody's....................................................................................................
NCR........................................................................................................
NCR Credit.................................................................................................
Non-Accrual................................................................................................
Note Distribution Account..................................................................................
Note Majority..............................................................................................
Note Owners................................................................................................
Noteholders................................................................................................
Notes......................................................................................................
Obligor....................................................................................................
OID........................................................................................................
Originators................................................................................................
Owner Trust................................................................................................
Owner Trustee..............................................................................................
Participants...............................................................................................
Payment Date...............................................................................................
Plan Assets Regulation.....................................................................................
Pledged Revenues...........................................................................................
Prepayments................................................................................................
PTCE.......................................................................................................
Purchase Agreement.........................................................................................
</TABLE>
 
                                      S-44
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                   TERM                                                       PAGE
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------   ----
<S>                                                                                                           <C>
Rating Agencies............................................................................................
Related Collection Period Pledged Revenues.................................................................
Repurchase Event...........................................................................................
Required Payoff Amount.....................................................................................
Requisite Amount...........................................................................................
Rules......................................................................................................
S&P........................................................................................................
SBU........................................................................................................
Scheduled Payments.........................................................................................
Securities Act.............................................................................................
Senior Notes...............................................................................................
     Class -- Notes........................................................................................
     Class -- Notes........................................................................................
     Class -- Notes........................................................................................
     Class -- Notes........................................................................................
Servicer...................................................................................................
Servicing Account..........................................................................................
Servicing Fee..............................................................................................
Specific Lease Form........................................................................................
Stated Maturity Dates......................................................................................
Subordinate Notes..........................................................................................
TCC........................................................................................................
Terms and Conditions.......................................................................................
TIN........................................................................................................
Transfer and Servicing Agreement...........................................................................
Trust Accounts.............................................................................................
Trust Agreement............................................................................................
Trust Assets...............................................................................................
UCC........................................................................................................
Underwriters...............................................................................................
U.S. Notes.................................................................................................
U.S. Person................................................................................................
U.S. Representative........................................................................................
U.S. Underwriters..........................................................................................
U.S. Underwriting Agreement................................................................................
United States..............................................................................................
United States Holder.......................................................................................
United States Person.......................................................................................
</TABLE>
 
                                      S-45

<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
                        CERTAIN U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX
                           DOCUMENTATION REQUIREMENTS
 
     A holder of Global Notes holding securities through Cedel Bank or Euroclear
(or through DTC if the holder has an address outside the United States) will be
subject to 30% United States withholding tax that generally applies to payments
of interest (including original issue discount) on registered debt issued by
United States Persons, unless (i) each clearing system, bank or other financial
institution that holds customers' securities in the ordinary course of its trade
or business in the chain of intermediaries between such beneficial owner and the
United States entity required to withhold tax complies with applicable
certification requirements and (ii) such holder takes one of the following steps
to obtain an exemption or reduced tax rate:
 
     Exemption for non-United States Person (Form W-8). Non-United States
Persons that are beneficial owners can obtain a complete exemption from the
withholding tax by filing a signed Form W-8 (Certificate of Foreign Status).
 
     If the information shown on Form W-8 changes, a new Form W-8 must be filed
within 30 days of such change.
 
     Exemption for non-United States Persons with effectively connected income
(Form 4224). A non-United States Person, including a non-United States
corporation or bank with a United States branch, for which the interest income
is effectively connected with its conduct of a trade or business in the United
States, can obtain an exemption from the withholding tax by filing Form 4224
(Exemption from Withholding of Tax on Income Effectively Connected with the
Conduct of a Trade or Business in the United States).
 
     Exemption or reduced rate for non-United States Persons resident in treaty
countries (Form 1001). Non-United States Persons that are beneficial owners
residing in a country that has a tax treaty with the United States can obtain an
exemption or reduced tax rate (depending on the terms of the treaty) by filing
Form 1001 (Ownership, Exemption or Reduced Rate Certificate). If the treaty
provides only for a reduced rate, withholding tax will be imposed at that rate
unless the filer alternatively files Form W-8. Form 1001 may be filed by the
beneficial owner or his agent.
 
     Exemption for United States Persons (Form W-9). United States Persons can
obtain a complete exemption from the withholding tax by filing Form W-9 (Payer's
Request for Taxpayer Identification Number and Certification).
 
     U.S. Federal Income Tax Reporting Procedure. A holder of Global Notes or,
in the case of a Form 1001 or a Form 4224 filer, his agent, files by submitting
the appropriate form to the person through which he holds (the clearing agency,
in the case of persons holding directly on the books of the clearing agency).
Form W-8 and Form 1001 are effective for three calendar years and Form 4224 is
effective for one calendar year. See 'United States Taxation' in the Prospectus.
 
     The term 'United States Person' means (i) a citizen or resident of the
United States, (ii) a corporation or partnership organized in or under the laws
of the United States or any political subdivision thereof or (iii) an estate or
trust the income of which is includible in gross income for United States
federal income tax purposes, regardless of its source.
 
     THIS SUMMARY DOES NOT DEAL WITH ALL ASPECTS OF UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME
TAX WITHHOLDING THAT MAY BE RELEVANT TO FOREIGN HOLDERS OF THE GLOBAL NOTES.
INVESTORS ARE ADVISED TO CONSULT THEIR OWN TAX ADVISORS FOR SPECIFIC TAX ADVICE
CONCERNING THEIR HOLDING AND DISPOSING OF THE GLOBAL NOTES.
 
                                      S-46

<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
                SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED SEPTEMBER 2, 1997
 
Information contained herein is subject to completion or amendment. A
registration statement remaining to these securities has been filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission. These securities may not be sold nor may
offers to buy be accepted prior to the time the registration statement becomes
effective. This prospectus shall not constitute an offer to sell or the
solicitation of an offer to buy nor shall there be any sale of these securities
in any State in which such offer, solicitation or sale would be unlawful prior
to registration or qualification the securities laws of any such State.

PROSPECTUS
 
                          ANTIGUA FUNDING CORPORATION
                            RECEIVABLE-BACKED NOTES
                              (Issuable in Series)
 
                          ANTIGUA FUNDING CORPORATION
                                   DEPOSITOR
 
                            AT&T CAPITAL CORPORATION
                                    SERVICER
 
     Receivable-Backed Notes ('Notes') of one or more series (each, a 'Series')
may be sold from time to time under this Prospectus and a Prospectus Supplement
for each Series. Each Series, which may include one or more classes of Notes
(each, a 'Class'), will be issued by a trust (each, an 'Owner Trust') to be
formed with respect to such Series by Antigua Funding Corporation (the
'Depositor'), an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of AT&T Capital Corporation
('TCC'), pursuant to an Indenture (each, an 'Indenture') between the Owner Trust
and an indenture trustee (each, an 'Indenture Trustee'). Each Owner Trust may
also issue one or more additional Classes of Notes and/or certificates of
beneficial interest in the Trust, which will not be offered under this
Prospectus or the related Prospectus Supplement.
 
     The proceeds from the issuance of each Series of Notes will be used to
acquire a pool of equipment leases, installment sale contracts, promissory
notes, loan and security agreements and similar types of receivables (the
'Contracts'). TCC will act as Servicer of the Contracts.
 
     The right of each Class of Notes of a Series to receive payments may be
senior or subordinate to the rights of one or more of the other Classes of
Notes. The rate of payment in respect of principal of and interest on the Notes
of any Class will depend on the priority of payment of such Class and the rate
and timing of payments of the related Contracts.
 
     There is currently no secondary market for any Series of Notes and there is
no assurance that one will develop. The Underwriters named in the Prospectus
Supplement relating to a Series of Notes may from time to time buy and sell
Notes of such Series, but there can be no assurance that an active secondary
market therefor will develop, and there is no assurance that any such market, if
established, will continue.
 
                            ------------------------
 
   THE NOTES OF A GIVEN SERIES WILL REPRESENT OBLIGATIONS OF THE RELATED OWNER
       TRUST AND WILL NOT REPRESENT INTERESTS IN OR OBLIGATIONS OF ANTIGUA
                 FUNDING CORPORATION, AT&T CAPITAL CORPORATION OR
                     ANY OF THEIR RESPECTIVE AFFILIATES.
 
THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND
   EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION, NOR HAS THE
      SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES
        COMMISSION PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS
          PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS
                        A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
 
                            ------------------------
 
     This Prospectus may not be used to consummate sales of a Series of Notes
unless accompanied by the Prospectus Supplement relating to such Series.
 
              THE DATE OF THIS PROSPECTUS IS               , 1997.

<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                              PAGE
                                                                                                              ----
 
<S>                                                                                                           <C>
INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE.................................................................................     3
AVAILABLE INFORMATION......................................................................................     3
REPORTS TO NOTEHOLDERS.....................................................................................     3
RISK FACTORS...............................................................................................    11
     Limited Assets of the Owner Trust.....................................................................    11
     Subordination of the Subordinate Notes................................................................    11
     Bankruptcy and Insolvency Risks.......................................................................    11
     Yield and Prepayment Considerations...................................................................    13
     Certain Legal Aspects of the Contracts................................................................    13
THE DEPOSITOR..............................................................................................    15
THE OWNER TRUSTS...........................................................................................    15
AT&T CAPITAL CORPORATION...................................................................................    17
THE ORIGINATORS............................................................................................    18
     AT&T Capital Leasing Services, Inc....................................................................    18
     AT&T Credit Corporation and NCR Credit Corp...........................................................    18
     AT&T Commercial Finance Corporation...................................................................    19
     Underwriting and Servicing............................................................................    20
THE CONTRACTS..............................................................................................    24
     Description of the Contracts..........................................................................    24
     Representations and Warranties Made by AT&T Capital Corporation.......................................    27
     Delinquency, Non-Accrual and Net Loss Experience......................................................    30
DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES...................................................................................    31
     General...............................................................................................    31
     Distributions.........................................................................................    31
     Credit Enhancement....................................................................................    32
     Liquidated Contracts..................................................................................    32
     Optional Purchase of Contracts........................................................................    32
     Trust Accounts........................................................................................    32
     Reports to Noteholders................................................................................    33
     Book-Entry Registration...............................................................................    34
     Definitive Notes......................................................................................    36
     Modification of Indenture Without Noteholder Consent..................................................    37
     Modification of Indenture With Noteholder Consent.....................................................    38
     Events of Default; Rights Upon Event of Default.......................................................    38
     Certain Covenants.....................................................................................    39
     Annual Compliance Statement...........................................................................    40
     Indenture Trustee's Annual Report.....................................................................    40
     Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture...............................................................    40
     The Indenture Trustee.................................................................................    40
DESCRIPTION OF THE TRANSFER AND SERVICING AGREEMENTS.......................................................    41
     Transfer and Assignment of Contracts and Equipment....................................................    41
     Collections on Contracts..............................................................................    41
     Servicing.............................................................................................    43
     Amendment.............................................................................................    45
     Termination of the Transfer and Servicing Agreement...................................................    46
CERTAIN LEGAL ASPECTS OF THE CONTRACTS.....................................................................    46
     Enforcement of Security Interests in the Equipment....................................................    46
     Insolvency Matters....................................................................................    47
UNITED STATES TAXATION.....................................................................................    48
ERISA CONSIDERATIONS.......................................................................................    48
RATINGS OF THE NOTES.......................................................................................    49
USE OF PROCEEDS............................................................................................    49
UNDERWRITING...............................................................................................    49
LEGAL MATTERS..............................................................................................    50
INDEX OF PRINCIPAL TERMS...................................................................................    51
APPENDIX A.................................................................................................    54
</TABLE>
 
                                       2
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
                           INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE
 
     All documents filed by the Servicer, on behalf of the applicable Owner
Trust, pursuant to Section 13(a), 13(c), 14 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934, as amended (the 'Exchange Act'), after the date of this Prospectus
and prior to the termination of the offering of any Series of Notes shall be
deemed to be incorporated by reference into this Prospectus and the related
Prospectus Supplement and to be a part hereof and thereof from the respective
dates of filing of such documents. Any statement contained herein or in a
document incorporated or deemed to be incorporated by reference herein shall be
deemed to be modified or superseded for purposes of this Prospectus and the
related Prospectus Supplement to the extent that a statement contained herein or
in any subsequently filed document which also is to be incorporated by reference
herein modifies or supersedes such statement. Any such statement so modified or
superseded shall not be deemed, except as so modified or superseded, to
constitute a part of this Prospectus or the related Prospectus Supplement.
 
     The Depositor will provide without charge to each person to whom a copy of
this Prospectus is delivered on the written or oral request of such person, a
copy of any or all of the documents incorporated herein by reference, except the
exhibits to such documents. Requests for such copies should be directed to
Antigua Funding Corporation, 44 Whippany Road, Morristown, New Jersey 07962,
Attention: Secretary.
 
                             AVAILABLE INFORMATION
 
     The Depositor, as originator of each Owner Trust, has filed a Registration
Statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the 'Securities Act'),
with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the 'Commission') with respect to
the Notes offered pursuant to this Prospectus. For further information,
reference is made to the Registration Statement and amendments thereof and to
the exhibits thereto, which are available for inspection without charge at the
public reference facilities maintained by the Commission at 450 Fifth Street,
N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549; 7 World Trade Center, 13th Floor, New York, New
York 10048; and Northwest Atrium Center, 500 Madison Street, Chicago, Illinois
60661. Copies of the Registration Statement and amendments thereof and exhibits
thereto may be obtained from the Public Reference Section of the Commission, 450
Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549 at prescribed rates. The Commission
also maintains a World Wide Web site which provides on-line access to reports,
proxy and information statements and other information regarding registrants
that file electronically with the Commission at the address
'http://www.sec.gov.'
 
                             REPORTS TO NOTEHOLDERS
 
     Unless otherwise provided in the related Prospectus Supplement, unless and
until Definitive Notes are issued, monthly unaudited reports containing
information concerning each Owner Trust, and prepared by the Servicer, will be
sent by the Indenture Trustee on behalf of the Owner Trust only to Cede & Co.,
as nominee of The Depository Trust Company ('DTC') and registered holder of the
Notes. See 'Description of the Notes -- Book-Entry Registration.' In the event
Definitive Notes are issued, such reports will be sent to Noteholders as of the
most recent Record Date. Such reports will not constitute financial statements
prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. See
'Description of the Notes -- Reports to Noteholders' and the related Prospectus
Supplement for additional information concerning periodic reports to
Noteholders. Note Owners may receive such reports, upon written request to the
Indenture Trustee, together with a certification that they are Note Owners.
Neither TCC nor the Depositor intends to send any of its financial reports to
Note Owners. The Servicer, on behalf of the Owner Trust, will file with the
Commission periodic reports concerning each Owner Trust to the extent required
under the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission
thereunder.
 
                                       3

<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
                               PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
 
     The following summary is qualified in its entirety by reference to the
detailed information appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus and in the
accompanying Prospectus Supplement. Certain capitalized terms used in this
Prospectus Summary are defined elsewhere in this Prospectus. See the 'Index of
Principal Terms.'
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                         <C>
Issuer....................................  With respect to each Series of Notes, a trust (the 'Owner Trust')
                                              will be formed by the Depositor and governed by a Trust Agreement
                                              (the 'Trust Agreement') between the Depositor and the Owner Trustee
                                              specified in the related Prospectus Supplement. See 'The Depositor
                                              and the Owner Trust -- The Owner Trust.'
Depositor.................................  Antigua Funding Corporation (the 'Depositor'), a direct subsidiary of
                                              the Originators and an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of AT&T
                                              Capital Corporation ('TCC'). The Depositor will acquire the
                                              Contracts and the Originators' interests in the equipment subject
                                              thereto (the 'Equipment') with respect to each Trust pursuant to a
                                              Purchase and Sale Agreement (the 'Purchase Agreement') among the
                                              Depositor, TCC and one or more of the Originators, and will
                                              thereupon transfer the Contracts and the other Trust Assets to the
                                              Owner Trust pursuant to a Transfer and Servicing Agreement (the
                                              'Transfer and Servicing Agreement') among the Depositor, TCC, as
                                              Servicer, the Indenture Trustee and the Owner Trust. See 'The
                                              Depositor and the Owner Trust -- The Depositor.'
Servicer..................................  TCC will, pursuant to the Transfer and Servicing Agreement relating
                                              to each Series, act as Servicer of the Contracts. See 'Description
                                              of the Transfer and Servicing Agreement -- Servicing.' TCC is a
                                              full-service, diversified equipment leasing and finance company
                                              that operates principally in the United States. See 'AT&T Capital
                                              Corporation.'
Indenture Trustee.........................  With respect to each Series, the Indenture Trustee specified in the
                                              related Prospectus Supplement.
Owner Trustee.............................  With respect to each Series, the Owner Trustee specified in the
                                              related Prospectus Supplement.
The Notes.................................  Pursuant to each Indenture, each Owner Trust will issue one or more
                                              classes (each, a 'Class') of notes (the 'Notes'). The Owner Trust
                                              may also issue one or more other Classes of Notes and/or securities
                                              representing beneficial ownership interests in the Owner Trust (the
                                              'Certificates'), which will not be offered hereby.
Interest..................................  Interest on the Notes of each Series will be paid on the dates
                                              specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, commencing on the
                                              date specified in the related Prospectus Supplement. The related
                                              Prospectus Supplement will set forth for each Class of Notes the
                                              interest rate for each such Class. See 'Description of the Notes.'
Principal.................................  Except as otherwise set forth in the related Prospectus Supplement,
                                              to the extent the Amount Available is sufficient therefor after
                                              payment of interest on the Notes, the aggregate amount of principal
                                              to be paid on the Notes on
</TABLE>
 
                                       4
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                         <C>
                                              each Payment Date will equal the Monthly Principal Amount. See
                                              'Description of the Notes -- Principal.'
Subordination.............................  The likelihood of payment of interest on each Class of Notes of a
                                              Series will be enhanced by the application of the Amount Available,
                                              after payment of the Servicing Fee, to the payment of such interest
                                              prior to the payment of principal on any of the Notes and, in the
                                              case of Senior Notes, by the preferential right of the Holders of
                                              Notes of each such Class to receive such interest prior to the
                                              payment of any interest on the Subordinate Notes. Likewise, the
                                              likelihood of payment of principal on each Class of Notes of a
                                              Series may, if so specified in the related Prospectus Supplement,
                                              be enhanced by the preferential right of the Holders of Notes of
                                              each such Class to receive such principal, to the extent of the
                                              Amount Available, after payment of the Servicing Fee and interest
                                              on the Notes as aforesaid and, in the case of Senior Notes, prior
                                              to the payment of any principal on the Subordinate Notes. See
                                              'Description of the Notes' in the accompanying Prospectus
                                              Supplement.
Ratings...................................  It will be a condition of issuance of any Class of Notes that one or
                                              more nationally recognized rating agencies (the 'Rating Agencies')
                                              rate each Class of Notes in a category that signifies investment
                                              grade. The rating of each Class addresses the likelihood of the
                                              timely receipt of interest and payment of principal on such Class
                                              of Notes on or before the Stated Maturity Date for such Class. A
                                              rating is not a recommendation to buy, sell or hold securities and
                                              may be subject to revision or withdrawal at any time by the
                                              assigning Rating Agency. The ratings of the Notes do not address
                                              the likelihood of payment of principal on any Class of Notes prior
                                              to the Stated Maturity Date thereof, or the possibility of the
                                              imposition of United States withholding tax with respect to
                                              non-United States Persons. See 'Ratings of the Notes.'
Use of Proceeds...........................  The proceeds from the offering and sale of each Series of the Notes,
                                              after funding a portion of any cash collateral account or other
                                              form of credit enhancement and paying the expenses of the
                                              Depositor, will be paid to the Originators by the Depositor in
                                              connection with the transfer of the Contracts and the Originators'
                                              interests in the Equipment.
Trust Assets..............................  The Trust Assets with respect to any Series of Notes, as specified in
                                              the related Prospectus Supplement, will consist of: (i) a pool of
                                              equipment lease contracts, installment sale contracts, promissory
                                              notes, loan and security agreements and other similar types of
                                              receivables (each, a 'Contract') with various lessees, borrowers or
                                              other obligors thereunder (each, an 'Obligor'), as specified in the
                                              related Prospectus Supplement; (ii) to the extent specified in the
                                              related Prospectus Supplement, certain rights to proceeds from the
                                              disposition of Equipment following a default under or expiration of
                                              a Contract; (iii) amounts on deposit in (and Eligible Investments
                                              allocated to) certain accounts
</TABLE>
 
                                       5
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                         <C>
                                              established in connection with the establishment of such Trust; and
                                              (iv) certain other property and assets as described in the related
                                              Prospectus Supplement.
                                            The Trust Assets will secure payment of the Notes. See 'Source of
                                              Payment and Security' below and 'The Depositor and the Owner
                                              Trust -- The Owner Trust.'
The Contracts.............................  With respect to any Series of Notes, the aggregate of the Contracts
                                              expected to be held by the Owner Trust as part of the Trust Assets,
                                              as of any particular date, is referred to as the 'Contract Pool,'
                                              and the Contract Pool, as of the Cut-Off Date, is referred to as
                                              the 'Cut-Off Date Contract Pool.' The related Prospectus Supplement
                                              for each Series will provide information with respect to: (i) the
                                              initial Contract Pool Principal Balance; (ii) the number of
                                              Contracts; (iii) the average Contract Principal Balance; (iv) the
                                              various types of Contract; (v) the geographical distribution of the
                                              Contracts; (vi) the approximate percentage amount of the Contracts
                                              originated by the Originators and by third parties and purchased by
                                              an Originator; (vii) the remaining term of the Contracts; and
                                              (viii) the weighted average remaining term of the Contracts.
Originators...............................  The Contracts included in each Contract Pool will have been
                                              originated or, in some cases, acquired by one or more of four
                                              subsidiaries of TCC: AT&T Capital Leasing Services, Inc. ('Leasing
                                              Services'), AT&T Credit Corporation ('Credit Corp.'), NCR Credit
                                              Corp. ('NCR Credit'), and the Portland division of AT&T Commercial
                                              Finance Corporation (such division is referred to herein as 'CFC')
                                              (collectively, the 'Originators'). See 'AT&T Capital Corporation'
                                              and 'The Originators.'
Contract Prepayments......................  Most Contracts either (i) do not permit the Obligor thereunder to
                                              prepay the amounts due under such Contract or otherwise terminate
                                              the Contract prior to its scheduled expiration date, or (ii) allow
                                              for a prepayment or early termination upon payment of an amount
                                              that is not less than the Required Payoff Amount for such Contract
                                              (as defined below). Under each Transfer and Servicing Agreement,
                                              the Servicer will be permitted to allow the prepayment of any
                                              Contract, but only if the amount paid by or on behalf of the
                                              Obligor (or, in the case of a partial prepayment, the sum of such
                                              amount and the remaining Contract Principal Balance of the Contract
                                              after application of such amount) is at least equal to the Required
                                              Payoff Amount for such Contract. Some Contracts, often written as
                                              installment sales contracts, promissory notes or loan and security
                                              agreements, permit the Obligor thereunder to prepay the Contract,
                                              in whole or in part, at any time at par plus accrued interest.
                                            The 'Contract Principal Balance' for any Contract at any time will be
                                              computed (i) with respect to any Contract that does not by its
                                              terms permit prepayment or early termination, or that permits
                                              prepayment or early termination only upon payment of a premium that
                                              has the effect of capturing the yield of the Contract, as the
                                              present value of the future
</TABLE>
 
                                       6
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                         <C>
                                              Scheduled Payments on the Contract, and (ii) with respect to any
                                              Contract that permits prepayment without a premium, as the unpaid
                                              balance of such Contract.
                                            The 'Required Payoff Amount,' with respect to any Collection Period
                                              for any Contract, is equal to the sum of: (i) the Scheduled Payment
                                              due in such Collection Period, together with any Scheduled Payments
                                              due in prior Collection Periods and not yet received, plus (ii) the
                                              Contract Principal Balance of such Contract as of the last day of
                                              such Collection Period (after taking into account the Scheduled
                                              Payment due in such Collection Period).
                                            In no event will Pledged Revenues (as defined in the related
                                              Prospectus Supplement) for a Series of Notes include (nor will the
                                              Notes otherwise be payable from) any portion of a prepayment on a
                                              Contract which exceeds the Required Payoff Amount for such
                                              Contract.
Liquidated Contracts......................  Liquidation Proceeds (which will consist generally of all amounts
                                              received by the Servicer in connection with the liquidation of a
                                              Contract and disposition of the related Equipment, net of any
                                              related out-of-pocket liquidation expenses) will be allocated as
                                              described in the related Prospectus Supplement.
Servicing.................................  The Servicer will be responsible for managing, administering,
                                              servicing and making collections on the Contracts in each Contract
                                              Pool. Compensation to the Servicer will include a monthly fee (the
                                              'Servicing Fee'), which will be payable to the Servicer from the
                                              Amount Available on each Payment Date, in an amount specified in
                                              the related Prospectus Supplement. The Servicer may be terminated
                                              as Servicer under certain circumstances, in which event a successor
                                              Servicer would be appointed to service the Contracts. See 'AT&T
                                              Capital Corporation' and 'Description of the Transfer and Servicing
                                              Agreement -- Servicing -- Events of Termination.'
Mandatory Purchase of Certain Contracts...  TCC will make certain representations and warranties regarding the
                                              Contracts in each Contract Pool and the related Equipment, and will
                                              be obligated to purchase any Contract in the event of a breach of
                                              any such representation or warranty that materially and adversely
                                              affects the value of such Contract. See 'Mandatory Purchase of
                                              Certain Contracts' below.
Leased Equipment..........................  With respect to each Series, the proceeds from the disposition of
                                              Equipment securing Contracts written as installment sales
                                              contracts, promissory notes, loan and security agreements or other
                                              similar types of receivables ('Loan Contracts') will constitute
                                              part of the proceeds of a Contract following a default under that
                                              Contract, but such Equipment and the proceeds thereof will not be
                                              part of the Trust Assets if the Contract is paid in full. The
                                              related Prospectus Supplement will specify whether the Depositor
                                              will transfer to the Owner Trust its ownership or security interest
                                              in the Equipment (the 'Leased Equipment') related to the
</TABLE>
 
                                       7
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                         <C>
                                              Contracts structured as leases ('Lease Contracts'), including the
                                              right to receive the Leased Equipment (or the purchase price
                                              therefor or proceeds thereof) upon expiration of the original term
                                              of the related Lease Contract. If and to the extent specified in
                                              the related Prospectus Supplement, the Depositor may also transfer
                                              to the Owner Trust the right to receive the following: (i) the
                                              portion of certain Prepayments representing the value of the
                                              related Leased Equipment; (ii) a portion of the Liquidation
                                              Proceeds derived from the liquidation of any Lease Contract and
                                              disposition of the related Leased Equipment; and (iii) the purchase
                                              price paid by TCC to purchase any Leased Equipment due to a breach
                                              of any of TCC's representations and warranties with respect to the
                                              related Lease Contract.
Servicing and Collection Accounts.........  The Indenture Trustee of each Trust will establish and maintain a
                                              Servicing Account, into which the Servicer will deposit, no later
                                              than the second Business Day after receipt thereof, all Scheduled
                                              Payments, Prepayments, Liquidation Proceeds and other amounts
                                              received by the Servicer in respect of the related Contracts after
                                              the Cut-Off Date. The Indenture Trustee of each Trust will also
                                              establish and maintain the Collection Account, into which those
                                              amounts deposited in the Servicing Account and constituting Pledged
                                              Revenues will be transferred within three Business Days following
                                              the deposit thereof in the Servicing Account. The Servicer will be
                                              permitted to use any alternative remittance schedule which is
                                              acceptable to the Rating Agencies if the effect thereof will not
                                              result in a qualification, reduction or withdrawal of any of the
                                              ratings then applicable to the Notes. See 'Description of the
                                              Transfer and Servicing Agreement -- Collections on Contracts.'
Credit Enhancement........................  If and to the extent specified in the related Prospectus Supplement,
                                              credit enhancement with respect to a Trust or any class of Notes
                                              may include any one or more of the following: a cash collateral
                                              account, a financial guaranty insurance policy issued by an insurer
                                              specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, subordination of
                                              one or more other classes of Notes, a reserve account,
                                              overcollateralization, letters of credit, credit or liquidity
                                              facilities, repurchase obligations, third party payments or other
                                              support, cash deposits or other arrangements. Unless otherwise
                                              specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, any form of credit
                                              enhancement will have certain limitations and exclusions from
                                              coverage thereunder, which will be described in the related
                                              Prospectus Supplement. 'Description of the Notes -- Credit
                                              Enhancement.'
Priority of Payments......................  Except as otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement,
                                              on each Payment Date with respect to a Series of Notes, the
                                              Indenture Trustee will be required to make the following payments,
                                              first, from the Related Collection Period Pledged Revenues, second,
                                              to the extent the Related Collection Period Pledged Revenues are
                                              insufficient to pay interest on the Notes on such Payment Date, the
                                              amount
</TABLE>
 
                                       8
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                         <C>
                                              necessary to cure such insufficiency from the Current Collection
                                              Period Pledged Revenues, and third (but only as to amounts
                                              described in clause (ii) and certain amounts included in clause
                                              (iii)), from amounts permitted to be withdrawn from the cash
                                              collateral account or other form of credit enhancement as described
                                              under 'Credit Enhancement' above, in the following order of
                                              priority (except as otherwise described under 'Description of the
                                              Notes -- Events of Default; Rights Upon Event of Default'): (i) the
                                              Servicing Fee; (ii) interest on the Notes (including any overdue
                                              interest and interest thereon); (iii) an amount equal to the
                                              Monthly Principal Amount as of such Payment Date in respect of
                                              principal on the Notes; (iv) to the cash collateral account or
                                              other form of credit enhancement (if any), the amount, if any,
                                              necessary to increase the balance therein to the Requisite Amount;
                                              and (v) the remainder, if any, to payment of certain amounts
                                              payable in connection with the cash collateral account or other
                                              form of credit enhancement applicable to such Series; and (vi)
                                              thereafter, to the Depositor.
Optional Purchase of Contracts............  The Depositor may purchase all of the Contracts in any Contract Pool
                                              on any Payment Date following the date on which the unpaid
                                              principal balance of the Notes and any other securities issued by
                                              the Owner Trust is less than 10% of the Initial Contract Pool
                                              Principal Balance, subject to certain provisions as described
                                              herein under 'Description of the Notes -- Optional Purchase of
                                              Contracts.' The purchase price to be paid in connection with such
                                              purchase shall be at least equal to the unpaid principal balance of
                                              the Notes and other securities (if any) as of such Payment Date
                                              plus interest to be paid on the Notes and such other securities on
                                              such Payment Date. The proceeds of such purchase shall be applied
                                              on such Payment Date to the payment of the remaining principal
                                              balance of the Notes and such other securities together with
                                              accrued interest thereon.
U.S. Taxation.............................  In the opinion of counsel to the Depositor and the opinion of counsel
                                              to the Underwriters, the Notes will be characterized as
                                              indebtedness and the Owner Trust will not be characterized as an
                                              'association' or 'publicly traded partnership' taxable as a
                                              corporation for federal income tax purposes. Each Noteholder, by
                                              its acceptance of a Note, will agree to treat the Notes as
                                              indebtedness for federal, state and local income tax purposes.
                                              Prospective investors are advised to consult their own tax advisors
                                              regarding the federal income tax consequences of the purchase,
                                              ownership and disposition of Notes, and the tax consequences
                                              arising under the laws of any state or other taxing jurisdiction.
                                              See 'United States Taxation.'
                                            In the opinion of counsel, under United States federal income tax law
                                              in effect as of the date hereof, payments of principal and interest
                                              on the Notes to a United States Alien Holder will not be subject to
                                              United States federal withholding tax (subject to the exceptions
                                              noted in 'United States
</TABLE>
 
                                       9
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                         <C>
                                              Taxation -- Tax Consequences to United States Alien Holders'). If
                                              such law were to change and, as a result thereof, United States
                                              withholding tax were imposed on such payments, a United States
                                              Alien Holder would receive such payments net of such withholding
                                              tax, and neither the Owner Trust, the Depositor, TCC nor any other
                                              party would have any obligation to gross up such payments to
                                              compensate for such withholding tax.
ERISA Considerations......................  If the Notes of a Series are considered to be indebtedness without
                                              substantial equity features under a regulation issued by the United
                                              States Department of Labor, the acquisition or holding of Notes by
                                              or on behalf of a Benefit Plan will not cause the assets of the
                                              Owner Trust to become plan assets, thereby generally preventing the
                                              application of certain prohibited transaction rules of the Employee
                                              Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended ('ERISA'), and
                                              the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the 'Code'), that
                                              otherwise could possibly be applicable. Although there can be no
                                              assurances in this regard, it appears that the Notes should be
                                              treated as indebtedness without substantial equity features for
                                              purposes of such regulation. As a result, subject to the
                                              considerations described in 'ERISA Considerations' herein, the
                                              Notes are eligible for purchase with plan assets of any Benefit
                                              Plan. However, a fiduciary or other person contemplating purchasing
                                              the Notes on behalf of or with plan assets of any Benefit Plan
                                              should carefully review with its legal advisors whether the
                                              purchase or holding of the Notes could give rise to a transaction
                                              prohibited or not otherwise permissible under ERISA or Section 4975
                                              of the Code. See 'ERISA Considerations.'
Registration, Clearance and
  Settlement of Notes.....................  Each of the Notes of each Series will be registered in the name of
                                              Cede & Co., as the nominee of The Depository Trust Company ('DTC'),
                                              and will be available for purchase only in book-entry form on the
                                              records of DTC and participating members thereof. Notes will be
                                              issued in definitive form only under the limited circumstances
                                              described under 'Description of the Notes -- Definitive Notes.' All
                                              references herein to 'Holders' or 'Noteholders' shall reflect the
                                              rights of beneficial owners of Notes (the 'Note Owners'), as they
                                              may indirectly exercise such rights through DTC and participating
                                              members thereof, except as otherwise specified herein. See
                                              'Description of the Notes -- Book-Entry Registration.'
Governing Law.............................  Unless otherwise set forth in the related Prospectus Supplement, the
                                              Transfer and Servicing Agreement, the Trust Agreement, the Purchase
                                              Agreement, the Indenture and the Notes of each Series will be
                                              governed by the laws of the State of New York.
</TABLE>
 
                                       10


<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
                                  RISK FACTORS
 
     Prospective Noteholders should consider the following factors in connection
with the purchase of the Notes:
 
LIMITED ASSETS OF THE OWNER TRUST
 
     The Notes of each Series are secured by the payments to be derived from the
Contracts and other Trust Assets of the related Owner Trust. Each Owner Trust
will have no assets other than the related Contracts (including proceeds derived
from the disposition of the Equipment securing Loan Contracts), certain rights
in the Equipment subject to Lease Contracts (as specified in the related
Prospectus Supplement), amounts on deposit from time to time in the related
Collection Account and the accounts established pursuant to the related Transfer
and Servicing Agreement and the right to certain amounts in the cash collateral
account or other form of credit enhancement. The Notes of each Series will
represent obligations solely of the related Owner Trust, and none of the Notes
will be insured or guaranteed, directly or indirectly, by TCC, the Depositor,
the Indenture Trustee or the Owner Trustee (or any affiliate of any of them) or
any other person or entity. Consequently, Holders of any Series of Notes must
rely for payment of interest and principal thereon on a given Payment Date on
the Amount Available for such Series for such Payment Date.
 
SUBORDINATION OF THE SUBORDINATE NOTES
 
     To the extent described in the Prospectus Supplement, payments of interest
and principal on the Subordinate Notes of a Series may be subordinated in
priority of payment to interest and principal, respectively, on the Senior Notes
of such Series. In addition, payments of principal on the Notes of a Series may
be subordinated in priority of payment to payments of interest on the Notes of
such Series.
 
     Delinquencies and defaults on the Contracts included in the Trust Assets of
an Owner Trust could eliminate the protection afforded the Subordinate
Noteholders of such Series by the cash collateral account or other credit
enhancement for such Series, and the Subordinate Noteholders could incur losses
on their investment as a result. Further delinquencies and defaults on the
Contracts could eliminate the protection offered to the Senior Noteholders of a
Series by the subordination of the Subordinate Notes of such Series, and such
Noteholders could also incur losses on their investment as a result.
 
BANKRUPTCY AND INSOLVENCY RISKS
 
     Dorsey & Whitney LLP, counsel to the Depositor, will deliver a legal
opinion to the effect that, subject to the qualifications and limitations
expressed therein, the transfer of the Contracts and the Leased Equipment from
the Originators to the Depositor constitutes a sale or absolute assignment,
rather than a pledge to secure indebtedness of TCC or the Originators; and that
in the event that TCC or any of the Originators were to become a debtor under
the federal bankruptcy code, a creditor or trustee in bankruptcy would be unable
to successfully challenge the transfer of the Contracts and the Leased Equipment
to the Depositor and the Contracts, payments thereunder and the Equipment would
not be property of the bankruptcy estate. However, if TCC or any of the
Originators were to become a debtor under the federal bankruptcy code or similar
applicable state laws (collectively, 'Insolvency Laws'), a creditor or trustee
in bankruptcy of TCC or such Originator, or TCC or such Originator or either of
them as debtor-in-possession, might argue that such transfer of the Contracts
and the Equipment from the Originators to the Depositor was (or should be
recharacterized as) a pledge of such assets rather than a sale. If this position
were accepted by a court, any Lease Contracts considered to be 'true' leases
under the applicable Insolvency Laws (as described under 'The Contracts --
Description of the Contracts'), and any other Contract considered to be
executory under such Insolvency Laws, could be rejected by such trustee in
bankruptcy or by TCC or such Originator as debtor-in-possession, which would
result in the termination of Scheduled Payments under any such Contracts and
reductions in distributions to Noteholders of the related Series, and such
Noteholders could incur a loss on their investment as a result. To reduce the
likelihood of such rejection, UCC financing statements perfecting a security
interest for the benefit of the Depositor in the Equipment,
 
                                       11
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
and assignments of such perfected security interest to the Owner Trust and the
Indenture Trustee, will be filed against the Originators (unless otherwise
specified in the related Prospectus Supplement). Even if such Contracts were not
so rejected in the event of an insolvency of TCC or any of the Originators, the
Owner Trust and the Indenture Trustee could experience a delay in or reduction
of collections on all of the Contracts, and Noteholders could incur a loss on
their investment as a result. In addition, in the event of an insolvency of an
originator other than one of the Originators, a court could attempt to
recharacterize the sale of the Contracts by such third-party originator to the
applicable Originator as a borrowing from the Originator, secured by a pledge of
such Contracts and the rights in the Equipment.
 
     A case decided by the United States Court of Appeals for the Tenth Circuit
contains language to the effect that accounts sold by an entity that
subsequently became bankrupt remained property of the debtor's bankruptcy estate
because the sale of accounts is treated as a 'security interest' that must be
perfected under the Uniform Commercial Code ('UCC'). Although the Contracts
constitute chattel paper or general intangibles rather than accounts under the
UCC, sales of chattel paper, like sales of accounts, must be perfected under
Article 9 of the UCC. If TCC or any of the Originators were to become a debtor
under any Insolvency Law and a court were to follow the reasoning of the Tenth
Circuit Court of Appeals and apply such reasoning to chattel paper, each Owner
Trust (and thus each Indenture Trustee) could experience a delay in or reduction
of collections on the Contracts, and Noteholders of such Series could incur a
loss on their investment as a result.
 
     Dorsey & Whitney LLP will deliver a legal opinion to the effect that,
subject to the qualifications and limitations expressed therein, if any of the
Originators or TCC were to become a debtor in a bankruptcy case, a bankruptcy
court would not order that the assets and liabilities of the Depositor be
consolidated with those of such Originator or TCC. The Depositor has taken steps
in structuring the transactions described herein that are intended to prevent
the voluntary or involuntary application for relief by or on behalf of TCC or
any Originator under any Insolvency Law from resulting in the consolidation of
the assets and liabilities of the Depositor with those of TCC or such
Originator. Such steps include the maintenance of separate books and records and
the insistence on arm's-length terms in all agreements with TCC, the Originators
and affiliates thereof. Nevertheless, there can be no assurance that, in the
event of a bankruptcy or insolvency of TCC or any Originator, a court would not
order that the Depositor's or Owner Trust's assets and liabilities be
consolidated with those of TCC or such Originator. Any such order would
adversely affect each Owner Trust's and each Noteholders' ability to receive
payments on the related Contracts, and Noteholders could incur a loss on their
investment as a result.
 
     Under federal or state fraudulent transfer laws, a court could, among other
things, subordinate the rights of the Noteholders in the related Contracts and
Equipment to the rights of creditors of TCC or the Originators, if a court were
to find, among other things, that TCC or the Originators received less than
reasonably equivalent value or fair consideration for the Contracts and the
Equipment and, at the time of any transfers, was insolvent or rendered insolvent
as a result of such transfer, and Noteholders could incur a loss on their
investment as a result.
 
     While TCC is the Servicer, cash collections held by TCC may, subject to
certain conditions, be commingled and used for the benefit of TCC prior to the
date on which such collections are required to be deposited in a Collection
Account as described under 'Description of the Transfer and Servicing
Agreement -- Collections on Contracts' and, in the event of the insolvency or
receivership of TCC or, in certain circumstances, the lapse of certain time
periods, the Owner Trust may not have a perfected ownership or security interest
in such collections, and Noteholders could incur a loss on their investment as a
result.
 
     If the Depositor were to become insolvent under any Insolvency Law, delays
and reductions in the amount of distributions to Noteholders could occur. The
Depositor has taken certain steps to minimize the likelihood that it will become
bankrupt or otherwise insolvent. The Depositor will be prohibited by its
organizational documents and the Transfer and Servicing Agreement with respect
to each Series from engaging in activities (including the incurrence or guaranty
of debt) other than those permitted by the Trust Agreement and the Transfer and
Servicing Agreement. See 'The Depositor and the Owner Trust -- The Depositor.'
Its certificate of incorporation also contains restrictions on the Depositor's
ability to commence a voluntary case or proceeding under any Insolvency Law
without the affirmative
 
                                       12
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
vote of all its directors, including its independent directors. The Indenture
Trustee, on behalf of the Noteholders of each Series, will covenant not to
subject the Depositor to bankruptcy proceedings until the Notes have been paid
in full and one year and one day has elapsed. The Depositor believes that such
actions substantially mitigate the risk of an involuntary bankruptcy petition
being filed against it.
 
     TCC will make certain representations and warranties regarding the
Contracts, the Equipment and certain other matters (see 'The
Contracts -- Representations and Warranties Made by TCC'). In the event that any
such representation or warranty with regard to a specific Contract is breached,
is not cured within a specified period of time, and the value of such Contract
is materially and adversely affected by such breach, TCC shall be required to
purchase the Contract from the applicable Owner Trust at a price equal to the
Required Payoff Amount of such Contract, and, in the case of a Lease Contract,
shall be required to purchase the related Leased Equipment from the Depositor at
a price equal to the Book Value thereof. In the event of a bankruptcy or
insolvency of TCC, each Indenture Trustee's right to compel a purchase would
both be impaired and have to be satisfied out of the available assets, if any,
of TCC's bankruptcy estate, and Noteholders could incur a loss on their
investment as a result.
 
YIELD AND PREPAYMENT CONSIDERATIONS
 
     The weighted average life of the Notes of a Series will be reduced by
prepayments and early terminations of the related Contracts. Prepayments may
result from payments by Obligors, certain amounts received as a result of
default or early termination of a Contract, the receipt of proceeds from the
physical damage to the Equipment to the extent described herein under 'The
Contracts,' purchases by TCC of Contracts as a result of certain uncured
breaches of the representations and warranties made by it with respect thereto
(see 'The Contracts -- Representations and Warranties Made by TCC') or the
Depositor exercising its option to purchase all of the remaining Contracts held
by an Owner Trust (see 'Description of the Notes -- Optional Purchase of
Contracts'). Most Contracts do not permit prepayment or early termination.
Nevertheless, TCC historically has permitted lessees to terminate leases early,
either in connection with the execution of a new lease of replacement equipment
or upon payment of a negotiated prepayment premium, or both. The Transfer and
Servicing Agreement with respect to each Series will permit the Servicer to
allow a voluntary prepayment of a Contract by an Obligor at any time so long as
the amount paid by or on behalf of the Obligor (or, in the case of a partial
prepayment, the sum of such amount and the remaining Contract Principal Balance
of the Contract after application of such amount) is at least equal to the
Required Payoff Amount for such Contract. The Required Payoff Amount received
from the prepayment or early termination of a Contract (or the amount of any
partial prepayment of a Contract) will be added to the Amount Available and
applied in the priority described in 'Description of the
Notes -- Distributions.' No assurance can be given as to the rate of prepayments
or as to whether there will be a substantial amount of prepayments, nor can any
assurance be given as to the level or timing of any prepayments that do occur.
As the rate of payment of principal of the Notes will depend on the rate of
payment (including prepayments) on the Contracts, final payment of a Class of
Notes could occur significantly earlier than the Stated Maturity Date of such
Class. There can be no assurance that Noteholders will be able to reinvest
principal paid on any Class of Notes at an interest rate equal to the Interest
Rate for such Class, and Noteholders will bear all reinvestment risk resulting
from the timing of payments of principal on the Notes. See 'Weighted Average
Life of the Notes' in the related Prospectus Supplement.
 
CERTAIN LEGAL ASPECTS OF THE CONTRACTS
 
     The transfer of the Contracts by the Originators to the Depositor and by
the Depositor to the Owner Trust, the perfection of the interest of the
Depositor and the Owner Trust in the Contracts and the right to receive payments
thereon, and the Owner Trust's and the Indenture Trustee's interest in such
Contracts and in the Equipment are subject to the requirements of the UCC as in
effect in New York and the states where the various Originators, the Depositor
and the Owner Trust are located and, with respect to certain of the Equipment,
in the various states in which the Equipment subject to the applicable Contract
is located from time to time. The Depositor will take or cause to be taken such
actions as are required to perfect the transfer to the Owner Trust of the
Depositor's rights in the
 
                                       13
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
Contracts and the right to receive payments thereunder and to perfect the
security interest of the Indenture Trustee in the Owner Trust's rights in the
Contracts and the right to receive payments thereunder.
 
     It has been the general policy of TCC, depending on the dollar amount and
type of the particular Contract, the perceived credit quality of the particular
Obligor and the estimated repossession value of the particular related
Equipment, not to file or (in certain cases) not to obtain or file UCC financing
statements with respect to the Equipment relating to certain Contracts. See 'The
Originators -- Underwriting and Servicing -- Documentation.' With respect to any
such Contracts that were deemed to be loans or leases intended for security (as
described under 'The Contracts -- Description of the Contracts'), a purchaser
from the applicable Obligor of the related Equipment would acquire such
Equipment free and clear of the interest of the applicable Originator in such
Equipment, and a creditor of the Obligor which has taken a security interest in
such Equipment and filed a UCC financing statement with respect thereto or a
trustee in the bankruptcy of such Obligor would have priority over the interest
of the applicable Originator in such Equipment. Any such purchaser, creditor or
trustee would have an interest superior to the interest of the related Owner
Trust in such Equipment, which interest is derived from the transfer and
conveyance of a security interest in the Equipment by the Depositor to the Owner
Trust. All of the Contracts prohibit the Obligor from selling or pledging the
related Equipment to third parties.
 
     Due to the administrative burden and expense, no assignments of the UCC
financing statements evidencing the security interest of the Originators in the
Equipment (to the extent that such financing statements have been filed against
the Obligor, as discussed above) will be filed to reflect the Depositor's, the
Owner Trust's or the Indenture Trustee's interests therein. While failure to
file such assignments does not affect each Owner Trust's interest in the related
Contracts or perfection of the related Indenture Trustee's interest in such
Contracts (including the related Originator's security interest in the related
Equipment), it does expose the related Owner Trust (and thus Noteholders) to the
risk that the Originator could release its security interest in the Equipment of
record, and it could complicate the related Owner Trust's enforcement, as
assignee, of the Originator's security interest in the Equipment. While these
risks should not affect the perfection or priority of the interest of the
Indenture Trustee in the Contracts or rights to payment thereunder, they may
adversely affect the right of the Indenture Trustee to receive proceeds of
disposition of the Equipment subject to a Liquidated Contract, which are to be
allocated to the related Owner Trust as described under 'Description of the
Notes -- Liquidated Contracts.' Additionally, statutory liens for repairs or
unpaid taxes and other liens arising by operation of law may have priority even
over prior perfected security interests in the Equipment assigned to the related
Indenture Trustee.
 
     The Servicer will hold the Contracts and certain related documents on
behalf of the Owner Trust and Indenture Trustee. To facilitate servicing and
save administrative costs, the documents will not be physically segregated from
other similar documents that are in the Servicer's possession. UCC financing
statements will be filed in the appropriate jurisdictions reflecting the sale
and assignment of the Contracts and the Originators' interests in the Equipment
by the Originators to the Depositor, the transfer and assignment of the
Contracts by the Depositor to the applicable Owner Trust and the pledge of the
Contracts by such Owner Trust to the applicable Indenture Trustee, and the
Servicer's accounting records and computer systems will also reflect such sale,
assignment, transfer and pledge. The Contracts will not, however, be stamped or
otherwise marked to reflect that such Contracts have been sold to the Depositor,
transferred to such Owner Trust or pledged to such Indenture Trustee. If,
through inadvertence or otherwise, any of the Contracts were sold to another
party (or a security interest therein were granted to another party) that
purchased (or took a security interest in) any of such Contracts in the ordinary
course of business and took possession of such Contracts, the purchaser (or
secured party) would acquire an interest in the Contracts superior to the
interest of such Owner Trust and such Indenture Trustee if the purchaser (or
secured party) acquired (or took a security interest in) such Contracts for new
value and without actual knowledge of such Owner Trust's or such Indenture
Trustee's interest. Such superior interest may include an ownership interest,
which would cut off all rights of such Owner Trust to such Contracts and
payments thereunder, or a security interest, which would be senior to the
security interest held by such Owner Trust; in either case, Noteholders could
incur a loss on their investment as a result.
 
                                       14
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
                                 THE DEPOSITOR
 
     Antigua Funding Corporation is incorporated under the laws of the State of
Delaware and is a direct subsidiary of the Originators and an indirect wholly
owned subsidiary of TCC. On or before the Closing Date for a Series, all of the
related Contracts and the interests of the Originators in the related Equipment
will be transferred by the Originators to the Depositor in return for stock in
the Depositor, pro rata in accordance with the value of the Contracts and
Equipment transferred by each Originator. The Depositor will pay to the
Originators the net proceeds received from the offering and sale of the Notes of
such Series.
 
     The Depositor has been formed solely for the purposes of the transactions
described in this Prospectus and other similar transactions; and under its
incorporation documents and the Transfer and Servicing Agreement executed in
connection with each Trust, the Depositor is not permitted to engage in any
activity other than (i) acquiring Contracts and interests of the Originators in
the Equipment related thereto, (ii) transferring and conveying the Loan
Contracts and the security interests in the related Equipment to Owner Trusts
and other similar trusts, (iii) transferring and conveying the Lease Contracts
to Owner Trusts, (iv) executing and performing its obligations under the Trust
Agreements, Purchase Agreements, and the Transfer and Servicing Agreements, (v)
holding or transferring other securities issued by each Owner Trust, (vi)
engaging in other transactions, including entering into agreements, that are
necessary, suitable or convenient to accomplish the foregoing or are incidental
thereto or connected therewith, and (vii) other transactions of the type
described in this Prospectus. The Depositor is prohibited from incurring any
debt, issuing any obligations or incurring any liabilities, except in connection
with the formation of any Owner Trust, the issuance of the related Series of
securities issued by such Owner Trust, and other transactions of the type
described in this Prospectus. The Depositor is not liable, responsible or
obligated, directly or indirectly, for payment of any principal, interest or any
other amount in respect of any Series of Notes.
 
                                THE OWNER TRUSTS
 
     Each Owner Trust will be formed pursuant to a Trust Agreement between the
Depositor and the Owner Trustee, as described in the Prospectus Supplement. Each
Owner Trust may issue one or more other classes of other securities,
representing debt of or beneficial ownership interests in the Owner Trust
('Certificates') which will not be offered pursuant to this Prospectus.
 
     The Trust Assets of each Trust, as further specified in the related
Prospectus Supplement, will consist of:
 
          (1) a separate pool of equipment lease contracts (the 'Lease
     Contracts') and installment sale contracts, promissory notes, loan and
     security agreements and other similar types of receivables (the 'Loan
     Contracts' and, together with the Lease Contracts, the 'Contracts'), with
     various lessees or other obligors thereunder (each, an 'Obligor'),
     including, (a) all monies at any time paid or payable thereon or in respect
     thereof from and after the Cut-Off Date in the form of (i) Scheduled
     Payments (including all Scheduled Payments due prior to, but not received
     as of, the Cut-Off Date, but excluding any Scheduled Payments due on or
     after, but received prior to, the Cut-Off Date, (ii) Prepayments (but
     excluding, in the case of a Lease Contract, any portion thereof allocable
     to the Depositor, as described in the related Prospectus Supplement) and
     (iii) Liquidation Proceeds (including any derived from the disposition of
     the related Equipment) received with respect to defaulted Contracts
     (excluding, in the case of a Lease Contract, any portion thereof allocable
     to the Depositor, as described in the related Prospectus Supplement), and
     (b) all rights of the secured party in the Equipment related to the Loan
     Contracts, but excluding the rights of the lessor in the Leased Equipment
     (which rights, subject to the allocation of Liquidation Proceeds received
     in respect thereof, may be retained by the Depositor to the extent
     described in the related Prospectus Supplement);
 
          (2) amounts on deposit in (and Eligible Investments allocated to)
     certain accounts established pursuant to the related Indenture and the
     related Transfer and Servicing Agreement, including the Collection Account;
 
          (3) the Depositor's rights under the related Purchase Agreement; and
 
                                       15
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
          (4) the Depositor's rights (but not its obligations) with respect to
     the cash collateral account or other form of credit enhancement for such
     Series.
 
     No Owner Trust will engage in any business activity other than (i) issuing
the Notes and the Certificates (if any) (ii) holding and dealing with (including
disposing of) the Trust Assets, (iii) making payments on the Notes and other
securities issued thereby, (iv) entering into and performing the duties,
responsibilities and functions required under any of the related Transfer and
Servicing Agreement, Indenture, Contracts, and related documents, and (v)
matters related to the foregoing.
 
     The Trust Assets of an Owner Trust will be separate from the Trust Assets
of all other Owner Trusts created by the Depositor, and the Trust Assets of one
Owner Trust will not be available to make payments on the securities issued by
any other Owner Trust.
 
     The Owner Trustee for each Trust will be specified in the related
Prospectus Supplement. The Owner Trustee's liability in connection with the
issuance and sale of any Series of Notes will be limited solely to the express
obligations of the Owner Trustee set forth in the related Trust Agreement and
Indenture. An Owner Trustee may resign at any time, in which event the Depositor
will be obligated to appoint a successor Owner Trustee. The Depositor may also
remove an Owner Trustee if such Owner Trustee ceases to be eligible to continue
as such under the related Trust Agreement or if the Owner Trustee becomes
insolvent. Any resignation or removal of an Owner Trustee will not become
effective until acceptance of the appointment of a successor Owner Trustee.
 
                                       16

<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
                            AT&T CAPITAL CORPORATION
 
     AT&T Capital Corporation ('TCC') is a full-service, diversified equipment
leasing and finance company that operates principally in the United States and
also has operations in Europe, Canada, the Asia/Pacific region, Mexico and South
America. TCC is one of the largest equipment leasing and finance companies in
the United States, based on the aggregate value of equipment leased or financed,
and is the largest lessor of telecommunications equipment in the United States.
 
     TCC, through its various subsidiaries, leases and finances a wide variety
of equipment, including general office, manufacturing and medical equipment,
telecommunications equipment (such as private branch exchanges, telephone
systems and voice processing units), information technology equipment (such as
personal computers, retail point of sale systems and automatic teller machines)
and transportation equipment (primarily vehicles). In addition, TCC provides
inventory financing for equipment dealers, franchise financing for franchisees
and financing collateralized by real estate. TCC's leasing and financing
services are marketed to (i) customers of equipment manufacturers, distributors
and dealers with which TCC has a marketing relationship for financing services
and (ii) directly to end-users of equipment. TCC's approximately 500,000
customers include large global companies, small and mid-sized businesses and
federal, state and local governments and their agencies.
 
     During its 12 year history, TCC has achieved significant growth in assets,
finance volume (aggregate dollar amount of equipment and other items financed),
revenues and net income. At December 31, 1996, TCC's total assets were $8.1
billion, a decrease of 15.2% over the prior year-end, due primarily to the $3.1
billion securitization of lease and loan receivables in October 1996; finance
volume for 1996 was $5.2 billion, an increase of 14.8% over 1995; total revenues
for 1996 were $2.0 billion, an increase of 23.8% over 1995; and net income of
$168.5 million for 1996 was 32.1% greater than the net income for 1995. Total
assets at the end of the second quarter of 1997 were $8.2 billion representing a
19.0% decrease over total assets at the end of the second quarter of 1996, and
net income of $22.6 million for the first six months of 1997 represented a
decrease of 69.8% over the net income for the corresponding period in 1996. The
decrease in net income resulted primarily from lower capital lease revenue as a
result of the fourth quarter 1996 increase in securitization activity, higher
relative interest costs associated with a greater proportion of debt relative to
on balance sheet assets and distributions on Trust Originated Preferred
Securities.
 
     TCC's predecessor was founded in 1985 by AT&T Corp. ('AT&T') principally as
a captive finance company to assist its equipment marketing and sales efforts by
providing AT&T's customers with tailored financing. In 1993, AT&T sold
approximately 14% of TCC's common stock in an initial public offering. TCC's
common stock traded on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol 'TCC.'
Although TCC's common stock has been delisted following the consummation of the
Merger (as described below), TCC will, from time to time, continue to issue
securities in the public market and, accordingly, will continue to be subject to
the informational requirements of the Exchange Act and, in accordance therewith,
will file reports and other information with the Commission.
 
     On September 20, 1995, AT&T announced plans to separate itself into three
publicly traded companies (AT&T, Lucent Technologies Inc. ('Lucent') and NCR
Corporation ('NCR')) and to sell its remaining equity interest in TCC in a
public or private sale. On October 1, 1996, Antigua Acquisition Corporation, a
newly formed Delaware corporation ('MergerCo.'), merged with and into TCC, with
TCC being the surviving company (the 'Merger'), and the outstanding common stock
of TCC was converted into the right to receive $45 per share. As a result of the
Merger, all of the outstanding equity capital of the surviving company is owned
by members of management and outside directors of TCC and by Hercules Holdings
(Cayman) Limited, a Cayman Islands corporation ('HoldCo.'). All of the
outstanding equity capital of HoldCo. is currently owned by a group of companies
led by GRS Holding Company Limited.
 
     TCC has an experienced management team with a significant amount of
expertise in the equipment leasing and finance industry. At June 30, 1997, TCC
and its subsidiaries had approximately 3,144 members (employees). The principal
executive offices of TCC are located at 44 Whippany Road, Morristown, New Jersey
07962.
 
                                       17
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
     The Contracts comprising the Trust Assets of any Owner Trust will have been
originated or, in some cases, purchased from third parties by four subsidiaries
of TCC: AT&T Capital Leasing Services, Inc. ('Leasing Services'), AT&T Credit
Corporation ('Credit Corp.'), NCR Credit Corp. ('NCR Credit') and the Portland
division of AT&T Commercial Finance Corporation (such division is referred to as
'CFC') (collectively, the 'Originators').
 
                                THE ORIGINATORS
 
AT&T CAPITAL LEASING SERVICES, INC.
 
     Leasing Services provides leasing and financing programs for certain
targeted manufacturers and distributors as well as leasing and financing to
existing customers. Leasing Services (formerly known as Eaton Financial
Corporation) was acquired by a predecessor of Credit Corp. in March 1989, and
became a subsidiary of a predecessor of TCC in connection with TCC's
reorganization in March 1990. It thereafter became a subsidiary of TCC in
connection with TCC's restructuring in March 1993.
 
     Leasing Services is headquartered in Framingham, Massachusetts and
employed, as of June 30, 1997, approximately 433 people in a network of four
full service offices throughout the United States and a support office in
Framingham. Its portfolio of contracts includes leases and loans on a variety of
equipment types, including office automation and general-purpose business
equipment such as copiers and computers, as well as industry-specific equipment
such as printing, machine tools automobile/test repair equipment, and
medical/dental equipment. At June 30, 1997, the Leasing Services portfolio
(which includes both contracts owned by Leasing Services and contracts serviced
on behalf of others) was comprised of the following equipment types: computers
22%, machine tool manufacturing equipment 26%, copiers 20%, medical/dental
equipment 9%, printing equipment 7%, automobile test/repair equipment 5%, and
other 11%.
 
     At June 30, 1997, 87% of Leasing Services' portfolio of contracts consisted
of leases. Approximately 20% of such leases include fair market value purchase
options exercisable by the applicable lessee upon expiration of the applicable
lease. The balance of the leases contain fixed price or nominal purchase
options. At June 30, 1997, 13% of Leasing Services' portfolio of contracts
consisted of loans, which are prepayable, in whole or in part, at any time.
Generally under Leasing Services' contracts, the obligor is responsible for all
maintenance, insurance and taxes.
 
     Leasing Services' total portfolio of contracts has a customer base of over
136,000 customers (as of June 30, 1997), who are mainly small and medium-sized
companies. The portfolio is also broadly diversified; as of June 30, 1997, the
ten largest customers comprised only .75% of the aggregate portfolio. As of June
30, 1997, the average exposure per customer for the entire portfolio was
approximately $16,000. In terms of geographical distribution, five states
accounted for approximately 49% of outstanding receivables (California 18%, New
York 9%, Florida 8%, Texas 7%, and New Jersey 7%) as of June 30, 1997.
 
     Leasing Services' credit and collections operations are decentralized
within its network of four full-service offices located in the Atlanta, Georgia;
Dallas, Texas; San Francisco, California; and Boston, Massachusetts metropolitan
areas. As of June 30, 1997, Leasing Services had approximately 220 members
responsible for credit and contract approval and collections activities.
 
AT&T CREDIT CORPORATION AND NCR CREDIT CORP.
 
     Credit Corp. supports the sales of AT&T, Lucent and NCR equipment by
providing leasing and financing options to customers who have selected equipment
manufactured or supplied by these vendors. Credit Corp.'s predecessor was
established as a captive finance company of AT&T in 1985. The predecessor of NCR
Credit, which is a subsidiary of Credit Corp., was established as a captive
finance company of NCR in 1980. In 1992, when AT&T acquired NCR, ownership of
NCR Credit was transferred to TCC. At that time Credit Corp. and NCR Credit
operated as separate business units of TCC. In 1995, TCC consolidated the
operations of NCR Credit and Credit Corp.; relocated the credit and collections
operations supporting NCR Credit from Dayton, Ohio, to Credit Corp.'s executive
offices in Parsippany, New Jersey; ceased using NCR Credit to originate new
financings; and began
 
                                       18
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
using Credit Corp. to originate business in that market segment. As of June 30,
1997, Credit Corp. employed approximately 561 members.
 
     Substantially all of Credit Corp.'s transactions are generated through
Lucent and NCR. NCR is currently a subsidiary of AT&T, and Lucent, until
recently, was a subsidiary of AT&T. See 'AT&T Capital Corporation.' Lucent
manufactures and distributes telecommunications and related equipment, and NCR
manufactures and distributes information technology (including retail
point-of-sale systems, automated teller machines ('ATMs') and computers). At
June 30, 1997, the combined portfolio of contracts of Credit Corp. and NCR
Credit (the 'Combined Portfolio') comprised both leases and loans on the
following equipment types: telecommunications equipment 66%, retail
point-of-sale systems 4%, ATMs 4%, computer equipment 2%, and other 24%.
 
     At June 30, 1997, 82% of the Combined Portfolio consisted of leases.
Approximately 92% of such leases include fair market value purchase options
exercisable by the applicable lessee upon expiration of the applicable lease.
The balance of the leases contain fixed price or nominal purchase options. At
June 30, 1997, 18% of the Combined Portfolio consisted of loans, the majority of
which are prepayable, in whole or in part, at any time. Generally under the
contracts included in the Combined Portfolio, the obligor is responsible for all
maintenance, insurance and taxes.
 
     Transactions generated from the sales of Lucent equipment historically are
small ticket transactions (approximately 55,871 customers; average transaction
size of $13,521; comprising 44% of the Lucent equipment portfolio) and middle
market transactions (approximately 933 customers; average transaction size of
$593,336; comprising 35% of the Lucent equipment portfolio). In terms of
geographical distribution, five states accounted for approximately 53% of the
outstanding receivables in the Lucent equipment portfolio (New Jersey 18%, New
York 14%, Illinois 9%, California 8%, and Texas 4%) as of June 30, 1997.
Transactions generated from the sales of NCR equipment historically are large
ticket transactions (approximately 22 customers; average transaction size of
$8,256,918; comprising 65% of the NCR equipment portfolio) and middle market
transactions (approximately 133 customers; average transaction size of $872,851;
comprising 30% of the NCR equipment portfolio). In terms of geographical
distribution, five states accounted for approximately 99% of the outstanding
receivables in the NCR equipment portfolio (Maryland 46%, New Jersey 36%,
California 9%, Ohio 6%, and North Carolina 2%) as of June 30, 1997.
 
     Credit Corp.'s credit and collection operations are handled on a
centralized basis through its executive offices in Parsippany, New Jersey. As of
June 30, 1996, Credit Corp. had approximately 187 members in New Jersey
responsible for credit and contract approvals, documentation and collections.
Substantially all of these members work in teams that are focused on distinct
market segments (e.g., by vendor (Lucent or NCR), by size of transaction (small
ticket or middle market) or by geographic region). Other members provide
company-wide oversight of the credit, contract and collections processes
associated with the portfolio originated by Credit Corp. and NCR Credit. In
addition, as of June 30, 1997 Credit Corp. had approximately 24 account managers
located in Lucent offices throughout the United States to help process credit
applications and documentation packages.
 
AT&T COMMERCIAL FINANCE CORPORATION
 
     CFC provides financing and leasing programs for manufacturers and
distributors of material handling and construction equipment. CFC was formed in
December 1989 in connection with the acquisition of substantially all the assets
of two divisions of Pacificorp Credit, Inc.
 
     CFC is headquartered in Portland, Oregon and employed as of June 30, 1997,
approximately 60 members, including 9 regionally deployed sales representatives.
CFC's credit and collection operations are located in Portland, Oregon. As of
June 30, 1997, CFC had approximately 25 members responsible for credit and
collections activity.
 
     At June 30, 1997, the CFC portfolio (which includes both contracts owned by
CFC and contracts serviced on behalf of others) related entirely to construction
and material handling equipment. At June 30, 1997, 80% of CFC's portfolio
consisted of leases and 20% consisted of loans. Approximately 45% of the leases
include fair market value purchase options exercisable by the applicable lessee
upon expiration of the applicable lease. The balance of the leases contain fixed
price or nominal options. The
 
                                       19
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
loans included within CFC's portfolio are prepayable, in whole or in part, at
any time. Generally under CFC's contracts, the obligor is responsible for all
maintenance, insurance and taxes.
 
     CFC's end user portfolio has a diverse customer base, with over 6,288
customers (as of June 30, 1997) comprising businesses of varying sizes in a wide
variety of industries. As of June 30, 1997, the average exposure per end user
customer was approximately $47,020. The ten largest end user customers comprised
14% of the aggregate end user portfolio. In terms of geographical distribution,
five states accounted for approximately 31% of the outstanding end user
receivables (California 9%, Texas 6%, Georgia 5%, New York 6%, and Wisconsin 5%)
as of June 30, 1997.
 
UNDERWRITING AND SERVICING
 
CREDIT MANAGEMENT PHILOSOPHY
 
     TCC strives to manage certain risks in connection with its business,
including credit risk and residual value risk associated with the acquisition
and holding of receivables such as the Contracts. The management of these risks
is critical to each strategic business unit within TCC (an 'SBU'). As such, TCC
has in place policies, controls, systems and procedures intended to manage and
limit such risks, promote early problem recognition and corrective action as
well as facilitate consistent portfolio performance measurements. Such policies,
controls, systems and procedures are subject to periodic review by TCC's Risk
Management Department, which includes legal, credit and asset management
personnel, by TCC's internal auditors and TCC's Audit Committee. In addition,
TCC's Investment Committee, regularly monitors TCC's overall risk profile.
 
     The control of credit losses is an important element of TCC's business. TCC
seeks to minimize its credit risk through diversification of its portfolio by
customer, industry segment, equipment type, geographic location and transaction
maturity. TCC's financing activities have been spread across a wide range of
equipment types (e.g., general equipment, telecommunications equipment, office
equipment, information technology and transportation equipment) and real estate
and a large number of end-users located throughout the United States and, to a
lesser extent, abroad.
 
     Each SBU has a senior credit officer and a credit committee that together
are responsible for overseeing the quality, integrity and performance of their
respective credit portfolios. Before any transaction can be committed to, it
must first be credit approved by one of TCC's proprietary credit scoring models
or by a duly authorized credit officer in accordance with clearly defined
authorities, policies and procedures. Each SBU credit committee is charged with
the responsibility of establishing credit policies appropriate for its business
and periodically reviewing its credit personnel's exercise of credit authority
for adherence to the established credit policies. Credit authorities are an
important tool that TCC uses to manage and control its portfolio risk. Credit
authorities are set in order to enable individual credit officers (and SBUs) to
handle approximately 80-85% of the transactions flowing to them. This approach
results in approximately 15-20% of the transactions being reviewed by higher
credit authorities. This ensures oversight of an individual's judgment, credit
skills and compliance with credit policy by more senior credit officials. Each
SBU credit committee is empowered to establish credit authorities for qualified
members of their credit staff for up to $250,000. Approval of new credit
authorities up to $1,000,000 requires the approval of TCC's Chief Credit Officer
in addition to the approval of the SBU credit committee. Approval of new credit
authorities in excess of $1,000,000 also require the approval of the Corporate
Leadership Team ('CLT') or TCC's Chief Executive Officer. The existing credit
authorities allow the SBU senior credit officer to approve transactions up to
$4.5 million in the case of Credit Corp., up to $1.5 million in the case of
Leasing Services, up to $2.0 million in the case of NCR Credit and up to $1.5
million in the case of CFC. The credit authorities of the SBU credit committees
are as follows: Credit Corp., $5.0 million or $7.5 million if the customer is
rated investment grade; Leasing Services, $2.0 million; NCR Credit, $4.0 million
or $6.0 million if the customer is rated investment grade; and CFC, $3.0
million. In addition, approval by TCC's Chief Credit Officer, Corporate Business
Leader or CLT is required for transactions in excess of the SBU's credit
authority and for certain other matters. The credit authority granted to approve
transactions may not be delegated. Portfolio quality is monitored regularly to
assess the overall condition of the portfolio and identify the major exposures
within the portfolio. TCC utilizes the 'one obligor concept' in computing
 
                                       20
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
total credit exposure; this means that the level of credit authority required to
approve an incremental transaction must be sufficient to approve the customer's
total credit exposure. TCC tracks credit exposure in an automated fashion
aggregating all SBUs' exposure to each customer including its subsidiaries,
affiliates and commonly controlled companies. Unless otherwise specifically
approved, credit approvals are valid for up to 180 days.
 
UNDERWRITING -- GENERAL
 
     TCC's underwriting standards are intended to evaluate a prospective
customer's credit standing and repayment ability. Credit decisions are made
based upon the credit characteristics of the applicant, loss experience with
comparable customers, the amount and terms and conditions of the proposed
transaction and the type of equipment to be leased or financed. For almost all
transactions under $50,000 originated by Leasing Services and Credit Corp.,
credit scoring systems (where a computer makes the initial credit decision after
consideration of many variables from the credit application data and credit
bureau information, based on a statistical model of TCC's prior loss experience)
are utilized to make credit decisions. TCC's proprietary credit scoring systems
are designed to improve credit decisions on new lease applications, expedite
response times to customers and increase business volume and portfolio
profitability while maintaining credit quality. With respect to credit decisions
for those transactions which are not based on credit scoring, TCC's credit
officers conduct various credit investigations including reference calling and
the procurement and analysis of data from credit reporting agencies such as Dun
& Bradstreet and other credit bureaus. In the case of larger sized transactions
(generally over $100,000), TCC's credit officers will obtain and analyze
financial statements from the customer. Analysis will be conducted to determine
the reliability of the financial statements and to ascertain the financial
condition and operating performance of the potential customer. Asset quality is
carefully reviewed and stated liabilities are compared to the information
obtained from reference checking and credit reports. Cash flow is checked for
reliability and adequacy to service funded debt maturities and other fixed
charges. The financial analysis would typically involve a review of the
potential customer's leverage, profitability, liquidity and cash flow utilizing
a variety of financial ratios and comparing the company to other companies its
size in similar businesses. In this connection, various reference sources are
utilized such as Robert Morris Associates Annual Statement Studies.
Additionally, information may be obtained from rating agencies, securities
firms, Bloomberg and numerous other sources. A written analysis is then prepared
by the credit officer summarizing the amount and terms of the credit request and
setting forth the credit officer's recommendation including detailed supporting
rationale. Alternative exit strategies, including an analysis of the value of
the equipment as well as its essentiality of use, are also considered in the
event the customer fails to honor its payment obligations, but TCC does not
impose rigid loan-to-value ratios in its underwriting processes, nor is a
maximum loan-to-value ratio imposed. The credit approval will also set forth any
conditions of approval such as personal or corporate guarantees, shorter lease
terms, more advance payments or other credit enhancements, and it will dictate
the necessary documentation. Any subsequent modification of approval terms or
required documentation must be re-approved by one of TCC's authorized credit
officers. TCC also requires the credit personnel of each SBU to rate the
creditworthiness of each of such unit's customer accounts over $100,000 and, in
connection therewith, to take into account certain other factors affecting the
credit risk of a particular transaction, such as collateral value, credit
enhancement and duration of the credit.
 
UNDERWRITING -- ADVANCED CREDIT SCORING SYSTEMS
 
     In 1992, TCC commissioned the Bell Laboratories Operations Research
Department ('Bell Labs') to design decision support systems and associated
strategies for credit risk management throughout the customer's financing life
cycle. This life cycle approach, while commonplace in the consumer credit field,
is not common in commercial leasing. Three sets of decision support systems were
developed and implemented, covering each stage of the small ticket leasing life
cycle; front-end credit decisions, credit line management, and delinquent
account collections (see ' -- Collections' below). Each system is comprised of a
suite of statistically derived risk prediction models, a sequential decision
strategy which
 
                                       21
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
determines the model to be used in each instance, and a risk based strategy
which determines the optimal decision based upon the model results.
 
     The current front-end credit decisioning systems follow a series of steps
including the selection and electronic retrieval of credit bureau information,
the quantification of credit risk and the decision to accept, reject or manually
review the credit applicant. While both Leasing Services and Credit Corp. have
been using credit application scoring models based on more traditional credit
scorecards since 1991 and 1989, respectively, Leasing Services implemented an
improved decisioning system in March 1993, while Credit Corp. implemented such
system in May 1995. Separate credit line management models have been developed
and implemented within Credit Corp. in May 1995 and are currently being
implemented within Leasing Services. The credit scoring systems are monitored
using various reporting mechanisms and have been upgraded over time to
incorporate the value of more recent data and to take advantage of improved
statistical techniques. Overrides of credit scoring decisions by authorized
credit officers are permitted, but are discouraged unless additional information
is uncovered which materially strengthens the transaction or if sufficient
credit enhancements can be obtained to mitigate the risk. Overrides are tracked
by the operating units each month, and are more common at Credit Corp. than they
are at Leasing Services. Such advanced credit scoring systems are not used by
CFC and NCR Credit because the contracts originated by each of them have larger
original balances.
 
DOCUMENTATION
 
     Prior to funding leasing and financing transactions, a complete
documentation package (including generally a credit application, signed
lease/installment sale or financing agreement, vendor invoice, initial
lease/advance payment, proof of insurance (where relevant), delivery and
acceptance acknowledgements and appropriate UCC financing statements) is
required. Filing of UCC financing statements typically is required by Leasing
Services unless the underlying equipment has a cost of less than $10,000 (or
$30,000 in the case of a lease contract with a fair market value purchase
option); by Credit Corp. unless the underlying equipment has a cost of less than
$20,000 (or $50,000 in the case of a lease contract with a fair market value
purchase option); by NCR Credit unless the underlying equipment has a cost of
less than $25,000; and by CFC in all transactions.
 
BILLING
 
     Billing for the Originators is handled by third parties, which prepare and
mail monthly invoices. All customers are assigned a billing cycle and invoices
are sent either 19 days before the due date in the case of Credit Corp., 30 days
before the due date in the case of Leasing Services, 20 days before the due date
in the case of CFC, or 25 days before the due date in the case of NCR Credit.
From time to time to facilitate customer needs, the Originators will provide
manual invoices. Monthly invoices include the scheduled payment, taxes,
insurance and late charges, if any. The vast majority of contracts provide for
level payments throughout their term. Substantially all customers forward
payments to lockboxes with certain financial institutions.
 
PORTFOLIO MONITORING
 
     Delinquency is tracked and calculated monthly for each major portfolio
segment, including segmentation by classification of days past due. In addition,
non-accruals (see ' -- Non-Accrual and Write-off Policy') are tracked monthly,
including the portion which is deemed to be at risk by the SBU credit officials.
Similarly, credit losses are monitored each month and are compared with credit
losses for previous months and the corresponding month in a number of prior
years. TCC also employs other techniques in evaluating the performance of its
portfolio. These techniques include roll rate analysis (a type of portfolio
analysis examining the rate at which accounts in various stages of delinquency
become, or 'roll' into, losses), a type of vintage analysis (another type of
portfolio analysis in which TCC's assets are classified by age and then compared
across different years (e.g., comparing loss experience for two-year-old
portfolio in 1996 with that in 1995)) as well as other types of analysis. For
transactions over $1,000,000, TCC conducts annual reviews of customer financial
condition and risk rating. Such annual reviews are conducted on transactions
over $500,000 in the event of certain higher risk ratings. All other
 
                                       22
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
transactions are monitored via the normal collection process, meaning that they
would receive individual attention only if they became delinquent or for some
other reason came to the attention of the company's credit and collections
personnel -- for example, a material adverse change in the financial condition
of the obligor in the transaction.
 
     In addition to providing an initial credit review, ongoing credit review
procedures exist to identify at an early stage those customers that may be
experiencing financial difficulty. Once identified, these customers are
monitored by credit personnel, who periodically make recommendations to the SBU
Credit Committee and/or the Investment Committee about what remedial actions
should be taken; what portion, if any, of total credit exposures should be
written off; or whether a specific allocation of TCC's loss reserves should be
made.
 
     In establishing allowances for credit losses, TCC's management reviews,
among other things, the aging of TCC's portfolio, all non-performing leases and
receivables and prior collection experience, as well as TCC's overall exposure
and changes in credit risk.
 
COLLECTIONS
 
     TCC collects overdue payments using several different methods. At Credit
Corp. and Leasing Services, computerized collection management systems have been
developed and deployed. Leasing Services has used outbound call management
systems and behavioral scoring systems in prioritizing collection activities in
its collection process since March 1994. Credit Corp. has utilized similar
technology in its collection activities since 1989 with the exception of
behavioral scoring, which was implemented company-wide in September 1996
following a testing period in several of Credit Corp.'s units. The collection
management systems prioritize delinquent accounts into automated queues using
delinquent account scoring systems (also referred to as behavioral scoring).
Telephone calls to delinquent accounts are automatically dialed by the system
eliminating no answer and busy line calls (which are automatically rescheduled).
 
     Accounts are ranked using a suite of statistically derived risk prediction
indicators (behavioral scoring) for handling in order of risk weighted exposure.
The collection management systems utilize different account collection
strategies as a function of risk level and account balance. Accounts with low
balances and/or low risk are assigned to a low impact collection strategy which
involve greater reliance upon letters in the early stages of delinquency and
less reliance on telephone calls until the later stages of delinquency. Also,
the number of days between actions are greater for a low risk account than in
the case of a high risk account. A high impact collection strategy is assigned
to accounts with high balances and/or high risk scores. In this case, telephone
calls are commenced sooner in the collection process and collection actions are
more closely spaced.
 
     At NCR Credit and CFC, account collections are undertaken in a more manual
fashion with prioritization being principally driven by the number of days past
due. Accounts are typically assigned to individuals or groups who will be
responsible to ensure appropriate collection activities are undertaken to
effectuate customer payment. The collection process is undertaken using computer
generated reminder notices which are generally sent once an account is 10-15
days past due, individually tailored collection letters and telephone contact,
as appropriate.
 
     Outside collection agencies and attorneys are frequently used to supplement
collection activity. Typically an account is placed with an outside collection
agency or attorney when it is 180 days or more past due. However, accounts past
due less than 180 days may be placed with a collection agency or attorney
depending upon the circumstances of its delinquency. Equipment may be
repossessed at any time after the contractual default but repossession typically
is not made until the account is past due between 90 and 180 days, or earlier if
the equipment is determined to be at risk.
 
NON-ACCRUAL AND WRITE-OFF POLICY
 
     TCC maintains non-accrual and write-off policies which are followed by all
SBUs. The policies require that all accounts which are 90 days past due (or
sooner in the event of a bankruptcy or other appropriate evidence of impairment)
be placed on non-accrual, and be written off or specifically reserved at 180
days past due. Smaller transactions (generally $100,000 or less) will be written
off at
 
                                       23
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
such time. Larger transactions (generally more than $100,000) will utilize
specific reserves to appropriately reduce the carrying value of the equipment to
an amount which may be 'covered' by collateral value.
 
                                 THE CONTRACTS
 
DESCRIPTION OF THE CONTRACTS
 
GENERAL
 
     All of the Contracts in each Owner Trust will be commercial, rather than
consumer, leases or loans. The following description of the Contracts generally
describes the material terms of the Contracts to be included in each Contract
Pool, although an immaterial number of Contracts in a Contract Pool may differ
in one or more provisions from the description below.
 
     The Lease Contracts in a Owner Trust will include both true leases and
leases intended for security as defined in Section 1-201(37) of the UCC. Under a
true lease the lessor bears the risk of ownership, takes any federal tax
benefits associated with the lease and no title is conferred upon the lessee.
The lessee under a true lease has the right to the temporary use of equipment
for a term shorter than the economic life of such equipment in exchange for
payments at scheduled intervals during the lease term and the lessor retains a
significant 'residual' economic interest in the leased equipment. End of lease
options for true leases include purchase or renewal at fair market value. Under
leases intended for security, the lessor in effect finances the 'purchase' of
the leased assets by the lessee and retains a security interest in the leased
assets. The lessee retains the leased property for substantially all its
economic life and the lessor retains no significant residual interest. These
leases are considered conditional sales type leases for federal tax purposes,
and, accordingly, the lessor does not take any federal tax benefits. End of
lease options for such leases depend on the terms of the related Lease Contract,
although generally these terms provide for purchase of the Equipment at a
prestated price. The inclusion of true leases in the Contract Pool will have no
income tax impact on Noteholders since the Notes are treated as debt for income
tax purposes. See 'United States Taxation.' However, true leases are treated
differently under the Bankruptcy Code from leases intended for security. See
'Risk Factors -- Bankruptcy and Insolvency Risks' and 'Certain Legal Aspects of
the Contracts -- Insolvency Matters' for a discussion of these differences.
 
THE FORMS OF CONTRACTS
 
     The Lease Contracts will generally be in one of two forms: (a) a master
lease agreement containing all of the general terms and conditions of the lease
transaction or transactions, with schedules setting forth the specific terms of
each lease transaction with that particular Obligor (a 'Master Form Lease'), and
(b) specific lease agreement forms containing all of the terms and conditions of
the lease transaction (a 'Specific Lease Form'). Credit Corp. generally uses the
Master Form Lease for lease transactions in excess of $100,000 and in connection
with smaller transactions in which the Obligor has previously executed a Master
Form Lease; NCR Credit uses the Master Form Lease for substantially all of its
transactions; CFC uses both a Specific Lease Form and a Master Form Lease; and
Leasing Services generally uses a Specific Lease Form but uses a Master Form
Lease for certain vendor customers. In certain cases, the Lease Contract may be
written on another form which was created by one of the Originators, by a
customer or by a third-party originator. The Loan Contracts are documented on
installment sale contract, promissory note, chattel mortgage or loan and
security agreement form.
 
PAYMENTS GENERALLY
 
     Generally, the Contracts require that the Obligor make periodic payments on
a monthly basis, while a number of Contracts (which, in relation to the Initial
Contract Pool Principal Balance, will not be material) provide for quarterly,
semi-annual or annual payments. The payments under all of the Contracts are
required to be made in United States dollars and are fixed and specified
payments, rather than payments which are tied to a formula or are otherwise at a
floating rate. Payments under the
 
                                       24
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
Contracts are ordinarily payable in advance, although a small percentage
(including most of those originated by NCR Credit) provide for payments in
arrears.
 
EXPENSES RELATING TO EQUIPMENT
 
     The Contracts require the Obligors to assume the responsibility for payment
of all expenses of the related Equipment including (without limitation) any
expenses in connection with the maintenance and repair of the related Equipment,
the payment of any and all premiums for casualty and liability insurance and the
payment of all taxes relating to the Equipment.
 
INSURANCE; REPAIR AND REPLACEMENT
 
     The Lease Contracts (except for a small number of Contracts which, in
relation to the Initial Contract Pool Principal Balance, will not be material)
require the Obligors to maintain liability insurance which must name the lessor
as additional insured. Lease Contracts and Loan Contracts require Obligors to
procure property insurance against the loss, theft or destruction of, or damage
to, the Equipment for its full replacement value, naming the lessor (or lender)
as loss payee. This requirement is, from time to time, waived by the Originator
for a small number of transactions and, for some Lease Contracts, the Obligor is
permitted to self-insure the Equipment under the Obligor's already existing
self-insurance program.
 
     For Lease Contracts originated by Credit Corp. relating to equipment with a
cost of $100,000 or less, and for Lease Contracts originated by Leasing Services
relating to equipment with a cost of $250,000 or less, the Obligor is generally
provided with written information concerning its property insurance obligations
under the Lease Contract and the Originator's own property insurance coverage
that will be provided at the expense of the Obligor if the Obligor does not
provide the Originator with satisfactory evidence of its own insurance coverage.
The Obligor is given a specified time period in which to provide such evidence.
Proper evidence of coverage is verified independently and tracked by a third
party tracking company and licensed broker. If the Originator provides the
insurance coverage, the Obligor is charged a monthly fee covering the insurance
charges and other related administrative charges. If, at any time, the Obligor
provides evidence of its own coverage, such monthly charges cease. The Obligor
has the ability to 'opt out' of the program by providing evidence of its own
coverage.
 
     For transactions involving Equipment with a cost of more than $100,000 (in
the case of Lease Contracts originated by Credit Corp.) or $250,000 (in the case
of Lease Contracts originated by Leasing Services), insurance coverage generally
is verified and tracked by the respective Originator and the failure to maintain
such insurance constitutes an event of default under the applicable Lease
Contract. Generally, either pursuant to the Specific Lease Form or the Master
Form Lease, the Obligor also agrees to indemnify the Originator for all
liability and expenses arising from the use, condition or ownership of the
Equipment.
 
     Under each Lease Contract, if the Equipment is damaged or destroyed, the
Obligor is required to (i) repair such Equipment, (ii) make a termination
payment to the lessor in an amount not less than the Required Payoff Amount, or
(iii) in some cases, replace such damaged or destroyed Equipment with other
equipment of comparable use and value. Under the Transfer and Servicing
Agreement, the Servicer is permitted (in the case of the destruction of the
Equipment related to a particular Lease Contract) either to allow the Lessee to
replace such Equipment (provided that the replacement equipment is, in the
judgment of the Servicer, of comparable use and at least equivalent value to the
value of the Equipment which was destroyed) or to accept the termination payment
referred to above.
 
ASSIGNMENT OF CONTRACTS
 
     The Contracts permit the assignment of the Contract by the lessor or
secured party without the consent of the Obligor, except for a small number of
Contracts which require notification of the assignment to, or the consent of,
the Obligor (and TCC will represent and warrant in the Purchase Agreement that
such notices have been given, or such approvals will have been received, not
more than ten days following the Closing Date). The Contracts do not permit the
assignment thereof (or the Equipment related thereto) by the Obligor without the
prior consent of the lessor or secured party,
 
                                       25
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
other than Contracts which (i) may permit assignments to a parent, subsidiary or
affiliate, (ii) permit the assignment to a third party, provided the Obligor
remains liable under the Contract, or (iii) permit assignment to a third party
with a credit standing (determined by TCC in accordance with its underwriting
policy and practice at the time for an equivalent contract type, term and
amount) equal to or better than the original Obligor. Under the Transfer and
Servicing Agreement, the Servicer may permit an assignment of a particular
Contract from an Obligor to a third party only if the Servicer (utilizing the
current underwriting criteria for its contract origination activities generally)
determines that such third party is of sufficient credit quality that the
Servicer would permit such third party to become an obligor with respect to a
lease or loan contract originated by the Servicer generally.
 
HELL-OR-HIGH-WATER LEASE CONTRACTS
 
     The Lease Contracts are 'hell-or-high-water' contracts which require all
payments thereunder to be made regardless of the condition or suitability of the
related Equipment and notwithstanding any defense, set-off or counterclaim that
the Obligor may have against the lessor.
 
EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES
 
     Events of default under the Contracts generally include the failure to pay
all amounts required by the Contract when due, the failure of the Obligor to
perform its agreements and covenants under the applicable Contract, material
misrepresentations made by the Obligor, the bankruptcy or insolvency of the
Obligor or the appointment of a receiver for the Obligor and, in some cases,
default by the Obligor under other contracts or agreements. Some of these
default provisions are, in some instances, subject to notice provisions and cure
periods. Remedies available to the lessor or secured party upon the occurrence
of an event of default by the Obligor include the right to cancel or terminate
in the case of a Lease Contract, or to accelerate payments in the case of a Loan
Contract, to recover possession of the related Equipment, and to receive an
amount intended to make the lessor or secured party (as the case may be) whole
plus costs and expenses (including legal fees) incurred by the lessor or secured
party as a result of such default. Notwithstanding such events of default and
remedies, under the Transfer and Servicing Agreement, the Servicer is permitted
to take such actions, with respect to delinquent and defaulted Contracts, as a
reasonably prudent creditor would do under similar circumstances. See
'Description of the Transfer and Servicing Agreement -- Servicing.' The
Originators may occasionally provide payment extensions (generally of 3 months
or less, although longer extensions are occasionally granted) to customers
experiencing delays in payment due to cash flow shortages or other reasons.
However, it is not intended that extensions be used to provide a temporary
solution for a delinquent account. Rather, extensions are intended to be used
when, in the judgment of the relevant credit authority, the extension is
necessary to avoid a termination and liquidation of such Contract and will
maximize the amount to be received by the Owner Trust with respect to such
Contract.
 
PREPAYMENTS AND EARLY TERMINATION
 
     Most Contracts either (i) do not permit the Obligor thereunder to prepay
the amounts due under such Contract or otherwise terminate the Contract prior to
its scheduled expiration date, or (ii) allow for a prepayment or early
termination only upon payment of an amount that is not less than the Required
Payoff Amount (defined below) for such Contract. Under each Transfer and
Servicing Agreement, the Servicer will be permitted to allow the prepayment of
any Contract, but only if the amount paid by or on behalf of the Obligor (or, in
the case of a partial prepayment, the sum of such amount and the remaining
Contract Principal Balance of the Contract after application of such amount) is
at least equal to the Required Payoff Amount for such Contract. Some Contracts,
often written as installment sales contracts, promissory notes or loan and
security agreements, permit the Obligor thereunder to prepay the Contract, in
whole or in part, at any time at par plus accrued interest.
 
     The 'Contract Principal Balance' for any Contract at any time will be
computed (i) with respect to any Contract that does not by its terms permit
prepayment or early termination, or that permits prepayment or early termination
only upon payment of a premium that has the effect of capturing the yield of the
Contract, as the present value of the future Scheduled Payments on the Contract,
and
 
                                       26
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
(ii) with respect to any Contract that permits prepayment without a premium, as
the unpaid balance of such Contract.
 
     The 'Required Payoff Amount,' with respect to any Collection Period for any
Contract, is equal to the sum of: (i) the Scheduled Payment due in such
Collection Period, together with any Scheduled Payments due in prior Collection
Periods and not yet received, plus (ii) the Contract Principal Balance of such
Contract as of the last day of such Collection Period (after taking into account
the Scheduled Payment due in such Collection Period).
 
     In no event will Pledged Revenues (as defined in the related Prospectus
Supplement) for a Series of Notes include (nor will the Notes otherwise be
payable from) any portion of a Prepayment on a Contract which exceeds the
Required Payoff Amount for such Contract.
 
DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTIES
 
     The Lease Contracts contain provisions whereby the lessor (or the
Originator, as assignee of the lessor) disclaims all warranties with respect to
the Equipment and, in the majority of cases, the lessor assigns the
manufacturer's warranties to the Obligor for the term of the Lease. Under the
Lease Contracts, the Obligor 'accepts' the Equipment under the applicable Lease
Contract following delivery and an opportunity to inspect the related Equipment.
 
ADDITIONAL EQUIPMENT
 
     Some of the Lease Contracts constitute leases of 'additional equipment'
(generally costing $25,000 or less) with existing Obligors. Pursuant to the
terms of the original Lease Contract between the lessor and the Obligor, these
leases for 'additional equipment' are documented on a written form prepared by
the lessor and delivered to (but not executed by) the Obligor, which written
form describes all of the terms of the lease. Under the terms of the Lease
Contract, the Obligor agrees that unless it objects in writing within a
specified period of time, it is deemed to have accepted the lease of such
'additional equipment.'
 
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES MADE BY AT&T CAPITAL CORPORATION
 
     Except as otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, TCC
will make the following representations and warranties regarding the Contracts
(and the related Equipment) included in each Contract Pool as of the related
Cut-Off Date:
 
          (A) Each Contract (i) constitutes a valid, binding and enforceable
     payment obligation of the Obligor in accordance with its terms (except as
     may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar laws
     affecting the enforceability of creditors' rights generally and the
     availability of equitable remedies), (ii) has been duly and properly sold,
     assigned and conveyed by the applicable Originator under the Purchase
     Agreement to the Depositor and has been duly and properly transferred and
     conveyed by the Depositor to the Owner Trust pursuant to the Transfer and
     Servicing Agreement, (iii) was originated by one of the Originators in the
     ordinary course of such Originator's business, or (in the case of any
     Contract purchased by one of the Originators) was acquired by such
     Originator for proper consideration and was validly assigned to such
     Originator by the seller of such Contract, and (iv) contains customary and
     enforceable provisions adequate to enable realization against the Obligor
     and/or the related Equipment (although no representation or warranty is
     made with respect to the perfection or priority of any security interest in
     such related Equipment);
 
          (B) No selection procedures adverse to the Noteholders or Equity
     Certificateholders were utilized in selecting the Contracts from those
     lease and loan contracts owned by the Originators on the Cut-Off Date;
 
          (C) All requirements of applicable Federal, state and local laws, and
     regulations thereunder, in respect of all of the Contracts, have been
     complied with in all material respects;
 
          (D) There is no known default, breach, violation or event permitting
     cancellation or termination of the Contract by the lessor (in the case of
     Lease Contracts) or by the secured party
 
                                       27
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
     (in the case of Loan Contracts) under the terms of any Contract (other than
     Scheduled Payment delinquencies (in excess of 10% of the Scheduled Payment
     due) of not more than 59 days), and (except for payment extensions and
     waivers of Administrative Fees in accordance with TCC's servicing and
     collection policies and procedures) there has been no waiver of any of the
     foregoing; and as of the Cut-Off Date, no related Equipment had been
     repossessed;
 
          (E) Immediately prior to the sale, assignment and conveyance of each
     Contract by an Originator to the Depositor, such Originator had good title
     to such Contract and the Originator's interest in the related Equipment
     (subject to the terms of such Contract) and was the sole owner thereof,
     free of any Lien; and immediately prior to the transfer and conveyance of
     the Contracts to the Owner Trust, the Depositor had good title to such
     Contracts and such interest in the related Equipment and was the sole owner
     thereof, free of any Lien (other than the rights of the Obligor under the
     related Contract);
 
          (F) No person has a participation in or other right to receive
     Scheduled Payments under any Contract, and neither the Depositor nor any of
     the Originators nor TCC has taken any action to convey any right to any
     person that would result in such person having a right to Scheduled
     Payments received with respect to any Contract;
 
          (G) Each Contract was originated or purchased by an Originator and was
     sold and assigned by such Originator to the Depositor without any fraud or
     misrepresentation on the part of such Originator or TCC;
 
          (H) Each Obligor (i) is located in the United States, and (ii) is not
     (a) the United States of America or any State or local government or any
     agency, department, subdivision or instrumentality thereof or (b) the
     Depositor, an Originator, TCC or any subsidiary thereof;
 
          (I) The sale, transfer and assignment of such Contract and the
     Originators' interest in the related Equipment to the Depositor under the
     Purchase Agreement, and the transfer and conveyance of such Contract from,
     and the grant of a security interest in the related Equipment by, the
     Depositor to the Owner Trust under the Transfer and Servicing Agreement,
     are not unlawful, void or voidable under the laws of the jurisdiction
     applicable to such Contract;
 
          (J) All filings and other actions required to be made, taken or
     performed by any person in any jurisdiction to give the Owner Trust a first
     priority perfected lien or ownership interest in the Contracts and a first
     priority perfected security interest in the Originator's interest in the
     Equipment have been made, taken or performed;
 
          (K) There exists a Contract File pertaining to each Contract, and such
     Contract File contains the Contract or a facsimile copy thereof;
 
          (L) There is only one original executed copy of each Contract or, if
     there are multiple originals, all such originals are in the possession of
     the Originator or the signed original in the possession of the Originator
     is noted thereon as being the only copy that constitutes chattel paper;
 
          (M) The Contracts constitute chattel paper within the meaning of the
     UCC as in effect in the States of New Jersey, Massachusetts and Oregon
     (other than those Contracts in which the lessor is financing exclusively
     the Obligor's software license or maintenance contract for leased
     Equipment, which Contracts, in proportion to the Initial Contract Pool
     Principal Balance, are not material);
 
          (N) Each Contract was entered into by an Obligor who, at the Cut-Off
     Date, had not been identified on the records of TCC or the Originators as
     being the subject of a current bankruptcy proceeding;
 
          (O) The computer tape containing information with respect to the
     Contracts that was made available by the Depositor to the Owner Trustee and
     the Indenture Trustee on the Closing Date and was used to select the
     Contracts was complete and accurate in all material respects as of the
     Cut-Off Date and includes a description of the same Contracts that are
     described in the Schedule of Contracts to the Transfer and Servicing
     Agreement;
 
          (P) By the Closing Date, the portions of the electronic master record
     of TCC and each Originator relating to the Contracts will have been clearly
     and unambiguously marked to show that
 
                                       28
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
     the Contracts constitute part of the Trust Assets and are owned by the
     Owner Trust in accordance with the terms of the Transfer and Servicing
     Agreement;
 
          (Q) No Contract has a Scheduled Payment delinquency (in excess of 10%
     of the Scheduled Payment due) of more than 59 days past due as of the
     Cut-Off Date (although some Contracts may have experienced such
     delinquencies prior to the Cut-Off Date);
 
          (R) Each Contract may be sold, assigned and transferred by the
     Originator to the Depositor, and may be assigned and transferred by the
     Depositor to the Owner Trust, without the consent of, or prior approval
     from, or any notification to, the applicable Obligor, other than (i)
     certain Contracts (which, in proportion to the aggregate of all of the
     Contracts, are not material) that require notification of the assignment to
     the Obligor, which notification will be given by the Servicer not later
     than 10 days following the Closing Date, and (ii) Contracts (which, in
     proportion to the aggregate of all of the Contracts, are not material) that
     require the consent of the Obligor, which consent will be obtained by the
     Servicer not later than 10 days following the Closing Date;
 
          (S) Each Contract prohibits the sale, assignment or transfer of the
     Obligor's interest therein, the assumption of the Contract by another
     person in a manner that would release the Obligor thereof from the
     Obligor's obligation, or any sale, assignment or transfer of the related
     Equipment, without the prior consent of the lessor (in the case of Lease
     Contracts) or the secured party (in the case of Loan Contracts), other than
     Contracts which may (i) permit assignment to a subsidiary, corporate parent
     or other affiliate, (ii) permit the assignment to a third party, provided
     the Obligor remains liable under the Contract, or (iii) permit assignment
     to a third party with a credit standing (determined by TCC in accordance
     with its underwriting policy and practice at the time for an equivalent
     contract type, term and amount) equal to or better than the original
     Obligor;
 
          (T) The Obligor under each Contract is required to make payments
     thereunder (i) in United States dollars, and (ii) in fixed amounts and on
     fixed and predetermined dates;
 
          (U) Each Contract requires the Obligor to assume responsibility for
     payment of all expenses in connection with the maintenance and repair of
     the related Equipment, the payment of all premiums for insurance of such
     Equipment and the payment of all taxes (including sales and property taxes)
     relating to such Equipment;
 
          (V) Each Contract requires the Obligor thereunder to make all
     Scheduled Payments thereon under all circumstances and regardless of the
     condition or suitability of the related Equipment and notwithstanding any
     defense, set-off or counterclaim that the Obligor may have against the
     manufacturer, lessor or lender (as the case may be);
 
          (W) Under each Lease Contract, if the Equipment is damaged or
     destroyed, the Obligor is required either (i) to repair such Equipment,
     (ii) to make a termination payment to the lessor in an amount not less than
     the Required Payoff Amount, or (iii) in some cases, to replace such damaged
     or destroyed Equipment with other equipment of comparable use and value;
 
          (X) Each Contract either (i) does not permit the Obligor to terminate
     the Contract prior to the latest Stated Maturity Date or to otherwise
     prepay the amounts due and payable thereunder, or (ii) allows for an early
     termination or prepayment upon payment of an amount which is not less than
     the Required Payoff Amount;
 
          (Y) It is not a precondition to the valid transfer or assignment of
     the Originator's interest in any of the Equipment related to any Contract
     that title to such Equipment be transferred on the records of any
     governmental or quasi-governmental agency, body or authority;
 
          (Z) The information with respect to the Contracts listed on the
     Schedule of Contracts attached to the Purchase Agreement is true, correct
     and complete in all material respects;
 
          (AA) No provisions of any Contract have been waived, altered or
     modified in any material respect, except as indicated in the Contract File;
 
          (BB) No Lease Contract is a 'consumer lease' as defined in Article 2A
     of the Uniform Commercial Code; and
 
                                       29
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
          (CC) To the best of TCC's knowledge, each Obligor has accepted the
     related Equipment and has had reasonable opportunity to inspect and test
     such Equipment.
 
     The above-described representations and warranties of TCC will survive the
transfer and assignment of the related Contracts and other Trust Assets to the
related Owner Trust.
 
     In the event of a breach of any such representation or warranty with
respect to a Contract that materially and adversely affects the value of such
Contract (any such breach being a 'Repurchase Event'), TCC, unless it cures the
breach by the end of the second Collection Period after the date on which TCC or
the Depositor becomes aware of or receives written notice from the related
Indenture Trustee or the Servicer of such breach, will be obligated to purchase
the Contract and, in the case of a Lease Contract, the related Leased Equipment.
Any such purchase shall be made on the Deposit Date immediately following the
end of such second Collection Period at a price equal to the Required Payoff
Amount applicable to such Contract (which will be allocated to the related Owner
Trust) plus, if applicable, the Book Value of the related Leased Equipment
(which will be allocated to the Depositor). This purchase obligation may be
enforced by the related Indenture Trustee on behalf of the holders of the Notes
of the related Series, and will constitute the sole remedy available to the
Noteholders against TCC for any such uncured breach, except that pursuant to the
applicable Transfer and Servicing Agreement, TCC will indemnify the related
Indenture Trustee, the related Owner Trustee, the related Owner Trust and the
related Noteholders against losses, damages, liabilities and claims which may be
asserted against any of them as a result of third-party claims arising out of
the facts giving rise to such breach.
 
     Upon the purchase by TCC of a Contract (and, in the case of a Lease
Contract, any related Leased Equipment), such Contract and related Leased
Equipment will be released to TCC.
 
DELINQUENCY, NON-ACCRUAL AND NET LOSS EXPERIENCE
 
     Statistics relating to the delinquency, non-accrual and net loss experience
on lease and/or loan contracts within the Originators' owned and managed
portfolios of receivables similar to the Contracts in a Contract Pool will be
set forth in the related Prospectus Supplement.
 
                                       30

<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
                            DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES
 
GENERAL
 
     Each Series of Notes will be issued pursuant to the terms of an Indenture,
a form of which was filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission as an
exhibit to the Registration Statement of which this Prospectus is a part. In
addition, a copy of the Indenture for a Series of Notes will be filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission following the issuance of such Series. The
following summary describes certain terms expected to be common to each
Indenture and the related Notes, but does not purport to be complete and is
subject to all of the provisions of the Indenture, the related Notes and the
description set forth in the related Prospectus Supplement.
 
     The Notes of each Series will be issued in fully registered form only and
will represent the interest specified in the related Prospectus Supplement in a
separate Owner Trust created pursuant to the related Indenture.
 
     Payments on the Notes will be made by the Indenture Trustee on each Payment
Date to persons in whose names the Notes are registered as of the related Record
Date (the 'Holders' or 'Noteholders'). Unless otherwise specified in the related
Prospectus Supplement, the Payment Date for the Notes will be the 15th day of
each month (or if such 15th day is not a Business Day, the next succeeding
Business Day). The Record Date for any Payment Date will be the Business Day
immediately preceding the Payment Date (so long as the Notes are held in the
book-entry form), or the last day of the prior calendar month (if Definitive
Notes have been issued).
 
     A 'Business Day' is any day (other than a Saturday, Sunday or legal
holiday) on which commercial banks in New York City, or any other location of a
successor Servicer or Indenture Trustee, are open for regular business.
 
     Each Class of Notes initially will be represented by one or more global
Notes (the 'Global Notes') registered in the name of the nominee of DTC
(together with any successor depository selected by the Indenture Trustee, the
'Depository'), except as set forth below. Beneficial interests in each Class of
Notes will be available for purchase in minimum denominations of $10,000 and
integral multiples thereof in book-entry form only. The Depositor has been
informed by DTC that DTC's nominee will be Cede & Co. Accordingly, Cede & Co. is
expected to be the Holder of record of the Notes. Unless and until Definitive
Notes are issued under the limited circumstances described herein, no Note Owner
acquiring an interest in any Class of Notes will be entitled to receive a
certificate representing such Note Owner's interest in such Notes. Until such
time, all references herein to actions by Noteholders of any Class of Notes will
refer to actions taken by the Depository upon instructions from its
participating organizations and all references herein to distributions, notices,
reports and statements to Noteholders of any Class of Notes will refer to
distributions, notices, reports and statements to the Depository or its nominee,
as the registered Holder of the Notes of such Class, for distribution to Note
Owners of such Class in accordance with the Depository's procedures. See
' -- Book-Entry Registration' and ' -- Definitive Notes.'
 
     Subject to applicable laws with respect to escheat of funds, any money held
by the Indenture Trustee or any paying agent in trust under the Indenture for
the payment of any amount due with respect to any Note and remaining unclaimed
for two years after such amount has become due and payable shall be discharged
from such trust and, upon request of the Owner Trustee, shall be deposited by
the Indenture Trustee in the Collection Account; and the Holder of such Note
shall thereafter, as an unsecured general creditor, look only to the Owner Trust
for payment thereof, and all liability of the Indenture Trustee or such paying
agent with respect to such money shall thereupon cease.
 
DISTRIBUTIONS
 
     The timing and priority of distributions, seniority, allocations of loss,
Interest Rate and amount or method of determining distributions with respect to
principal and interest on the Notes of any Series will be described in the
related Prospectus Supplement. Principal of and interest on the Notes will be
paid on the Payment Date specified in the related Prospectus Supplement. The
related Prospectus Supplement will specify the Interest Rate for each class of
Notes. Unless otherwise specified in the
 
                                       31
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
related Prospectus Supplement, interest will be calculated on the basis of a
360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months. Distributions in respect of
principal and interest on the Notes will be made on a pro rata basis among all
of the Noteholders of such class.
 
CREDIT ENHANCEMENT
 
     As further specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, a cash
collateral account or other form of credit enhancement will be established on or
prior to the Closing Date and may be available to the Indenture Trustee to pay
interest and principal on the Notes as specified in the Prospectus Supplement.
 
LIQUIDATED CONTRACTS
 
     Liquidation Proceeds (which will consist generally of all amounts received
by the Servicer in connection with the liquidation of a Contract and disposition
of the related Equipment, net of any related out-of-pocket liquidation expenses)
will be allocated as follows: (i) with respect to any Loan Contract, all such
Liquidation Proceeds will be allocated to the Owner Trust; and (ii) with respect
to any Lease Contract, such Liquidation Proceeds will (unless otherwise
specified in the related Prospectus Supplement) be allocated on a pro rata basis
between the Depositor, on the one hand, and the Owner Trust, on the other, based
respectively on (a) the 'Book Value' of the Leased Equipment (which is a fixed
amount equal to the value of the Leased Equipment as shown on the accounting
books and records of TCC or the applicable Originator, as appropriate, as of the
Cut-Off Date) and (b) the Required Payoff Amount for such Lease Contract
(determined as of the Collection Period during which such Lease Contract became
a Liquidated Contract); provided that, in the event the Liquidation Proceeds in
respect of any Lease Contract and the related Leased Equipment exceed the sum of
the Required Payoff Amount for such Contract and the Book Value of such Leased
Equipment, any such excess shall be allocated solely to the Depositor. By way of
example, if the Servicer, in connection with a defaulted Lease Contract, derived
Liquidation Proceeds in the amount of $100 from the liquidation of such Lease
Contract and disposition of the related Leased Equipment, and if the Required
Payoff Amount of such Lease Contract was, as of the Collection Period during
which such Lease Contract became a Liquidated Contract, $120 and the Book Value
of such Leased Equipment was $30, such Liquidation Proceeds would be allocated
to the Owner Trust in the amount of $80 and to the Depositor in the amount of
$20. All Liquidation Proceeds which are so allocable to the Owner Trust will be
deposited in the Collection Account and constitute Pledged Revenues to be
applied to the payment of interest and principal on the Notes in accordance with
the priorities described under ' -- Distributions' above.
 
OPTIONAL PURCHASE OF CONTRACTS
 
     The Depositor may purchase all of the Contracts owned by an Owner Trust on
any Payment Date following the date on which the unpaid principal balance of the
related Notes is less than 10% of the Initial Contract Pool Principal Balance.
The purchase price to be paid in connection with such purchase shall be at least
equal to the unpaid principal balance of the related Notes as of such Payment
Date plus interest to be paid on the related Notes on such Payment Date. The
proceeds of such purchase shall be applied on such Payment Date to the payment
of the remaining principal balance of the related Notes, together with accrued
interest thereon.
 
TRUST ACCOUNTS
 
     Except as otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, the
applicable Indenture Trustee will establish and maintain under each Indenture
segregated trust accounts (which need not be deposit accounts, but which shall
constitute 'Eligible Accounts'), consisting of the 'Collection Account,' the
'Servicing Account' and the 'Note Distribution Account' (collectively, the
'Trust Accounts'). An 'Eligible Account' means any account which is (i) an
account maintained with an Eligible Institution (as defined below); (ii) an
account or accounts the deposits in which are fully insured by either the Bank
Insurance Fund or the Savings Association Insurance Fund of the FDIC; (iii) a
'segregated trust account' maintained with the corporate trust department of a
federal or state
 
                                       32
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
chartered depository institution or trust company with trust powers and acting
in its fiduciary capacity for the benefit of the Indenture Trustee, which
depository institution or trust company has capital and surplus (or, if such
depository institution or trust company is a subsidiary of a bank holding
company system, the bank holding company has capital and surplus) of not less
than $50,000,000 and the securities of such depository institution or trust
company (or, if such depository institution or trust company is a subsidiary of
a bank holding company system and such depository institution's or trust
company's securities are not rated, the securities of the bank holding company)
have a credit rating from each of the Rating Agencies (if rated by such Rating
Agency) which signifies 'investment grade'; or (iv) an account that will not
cause any Rating Agency to reduce, qualify or withdraw its then-current rating
assigned to any Series of Notes, as confirmed in writing by such Rating Agency.
'Eligible Institution' means any depository institution organized under the laws
of the United States or any state, the deposits of which are insured to the full
extent permitted by law by the Bank Insurance Fund (currently administered by
the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation), whose short-term deposits or
unsecured long-term debt have a credit rating from each of the Rating Agencies
(if rated by such Rating Agency), and which is subject to supervision and
examination by federal or state authorities.
 
     The Servicer, as agent for the Indenture Trustee of any Series, may
designate, or otherwise arrange for the purchase by the Indenture Trustee of,
investments to be made with funds in the Trust Accounts, which investments shall
be Eligible Investments (as defined in the Indenture) that will mature not later
than the business day preceding the applicable monthly Payment Date. 'Eligible
Investments' include, among other investments, obligations of the United States
or of any agency thereof backed by the full faith and credit of the United
States; federal funds, certificates of deposit, time deposits and bankers'
acceptances sold by eligible financial institutions; certain repurchase
agreements with eligible institutions and other investments which would not
result in the reduction, qualification or withdrawal of any rating of the Notes
by any Rating Agency.
 
REPORTS TO NOTEHOLDERS
 
     With respect to each Series of Notes, the Servicer will furnish to the
applicable Indenture Trustee, and such Indenture Trustee will include with each
distribution to a Noteholder, a statement, as specified in the related
Prospectus Supplement, in respect of the related Payment Date setting forth,
among other things:
 
          (i) the amount of interest paid on each Class of the Senior Notes,
     including any unpaid interest from the prior Payment Date, and any
     remaining unpaid interest on each Class of the Senior Notes;
 
          (ii) the amount of interest paid on each Class of the Subordinate
     Notes, including any unpaid interest from the prior Payment Date, and any
     remaining unpaid interest on each Class of the Subordinate Notes;
 
          (iii) the amount of principal paid on each Class of the Senior Notes;
 
          (iv) the amount of principal paid on each Class of the Subordinate
     Notes;
 
          (v) the Principal Deficiency Amount, if any, for such Payment Date;
     and
 
          (vi) information regarding any credit enhancement with respect to such
     Series.
 
     With respect to any Series, the Notes will be registered in the name of a
nominee of DTC and will not be registered in the names of the beneficial owners
or their nominees. As a result, unless and until Definitive Notes are issued in
the limited circumstances described under ' -- Definitive Notes' below,
beneficial owners will not be recognized by the Indenture Trustee as
Noteholders, as that term is used in the Indenture. Hence, until such time,
beneficial owners will receive reports and other information provided for under
the related Indenture only if, when and to the extent provided by DTC and its
participating organizations. The Servicer will file a copy of each such report
with the Commission on Form 8-K.
 
                                       33
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
BOOK-ENTRY REGISTRATION
 
     Unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, each Class
of Notes in any Series will initially be represented by one or more Global Notes
registered in the name of the nominee of DTC. The Depositor has been informed by
DTC that DTC's nominee for each Series of Notes will be Cede & Co. Noteholders
may hold their Notes through DTC (in the United States) or, if so specified in
the related Prospectus Supplement, through Cedel Bank or Euroclear (in Europe),
which in turn hold through DTC, if they are participants of such systems
('Participants'), or indirectly through organizations that are participants in
such systems. If the related Prospectus Supplement states that the Notes of such
Series may be held through Cedel Bank or Euroclear, Cedel Bank and Euroclear
will hold omnibus positions on behalf of the Cedel Bank Participants and the
Euroclear Participants, respectively, through customers' securities accounts in
Cedel Bank's and Euroclear's names on the books of their respective depositories
(collectively, the 'International Depositories') which in turn will hold such
positions in customers' securities accounts in the International Depositories'
names on the books of DTC.
 
     DTC is a New York-chartered limited-purpose trust company, a member of the
Federal Reserve System, a 'clearing corporation' within the meaning of the UCC
in effect in the State of New York, and a 'clearing agency' registered pursuant
to the provisions of Section 17A of the Exchange Act. DTC holds securities for
its Participants ('DTC Participants') and facilitates the clearance and
settlement among Participants of securities transactions, such as transfers and
pledges, in deposited securities through electronic book-entry changes in
Participants' accounts, thereby eliminating the need for physical movement of
securities. Participants include securities brokers and dealers, banks, trust
companies, clearing corporations, and certain other organizations. Indirect
access to the DTC system is also available to others such as securities brokers
and dealers, banks, and trust companies that clear through or maintain a
custodial relationship with a Participant, either directly or indirectly
('Indirect Participants'). The rules applicable to DTC and its Participants are
on file with the Commission.
 
     Transfers between DTC Participants will occur in accordance with DTC rules.
Transfers between Cedel Bank Participants and Euroclear Participants will occur
in the ordinary way in accordance with their applicable rules and operating
procedures.
 
     Cross-market transfers between persons holding directly or indirectly
through DTC in the United States, on the one hand, and directly or indirectly
through Cedel Bank Participants or Euroclear Participants on the other hand,
will be effected through DTC in accordance with DTC rules on behalf of the
relevant European international clearing system by its International Depository;
however, such cross-market transactions will require delivery of instructions to
the relevant European international clearing system by the counterparty in such
system in accordance with its rules and procedures and within its established
deadlines (European time). The relevant European international clearing system
will, if the transaction meets its settlement requirements, deliver instructions
to its International Depository to take action to effect final settlement on its
behalf by delivering or receiving securities in DTC, and making or receiving
payment in accordance with normal procedures for same-day funds settlement
applicable to DTC. Cedel Bank Participants and Euroclear Participants may not
deliver instructions directly to the International Depositories.
 
     Because of time-zone differences, credits of securities received in Cedel
Bank or Euroclear as a result of a transaction with a DTC Participant will be
made during the subsequent securities settlement processing, dated the business
day following the DTC settlement date, and such credits or any transactions in
such securities settled during such processing will be reported to the relevant
Cedel Bank Participant or Euroclear Participant on such business day. Cash
received in Cedel Bank or Euroclear as a result of sales of securities by or
through a Cedel Bank Participant or a Euroclear Participant to a DTC Participant
will be received with value on the DTC settlement date but will be available in
the relevant Cedel Bank or Euroclear cash account only as of the business day
following settlement in DTC. For additional information regarding clearance and
settlement procedures and with respect to tax documentation procedures, see
'Global Clearance, Settlement and Tax Documentation Procedures' and 'Certain
U.S. Federal Income Tax Documentation Requirements' in Appendix A.
 
     Note Owners that are not Participants or Indirect Participants but desire
to purchase, sell or otherwise transfer ownership of, or other interests in,
Notes may do so only through Participants and
 
                                       34
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
Indirect Participants. Note Owners will receive all distributions from the
Indenture Trustee through Participants and Indirect Participants. Note Owners
may experience some delay in their receipt of payments, since such payments will
be forwarded by the Indenture Trustee to DTC's nominee. DTC will forward such
payments to its Participants, which thereafter will forward them to Indirect
Participants or Note Owners. Note Owners will not be recognized by the Indenture
Trustee as Noteholders and Note Owners will be permitted to exercise the rights
of Noteholders only indirectly through DTC and its Participants.
 
     Under the rules, regulations and procedures creating and affecting DTC and
its operations (the 'Rules'), DTC is required to make book-entry transfers of
Notes among Participants on whose behalf it acts with respect to the Notes and
to receive and transmit distributions of amounts payable on the Notes.
Participants and Indirect Participants with which Note Owners have accounts
similarly are required to make book-entry transfers and receive and transmit
such payments on behalf of their respective Note Owners. Accordingly, although
Note Owners will not possess Notes, the Rules provide a mechanism by which
Participants will receive payments and will be able to transfer their interests.
 
     Because DTC can act only on behalf of Participants, who in turn act on
behalf of Indirect Participants and certain banks, the ability of a Note Owner
to pledge Notes to persons or entities that do not participate in the DTC
system, or to otherwise act with respect to such Notes, may be limited due to
the lack of a physical certificate for such Notes.
 
     DTC has advised the Depositor that it will take any action permitted to be
taken by a Noteholder under the Indenture, only at the direction of one or more
Participants to whose accounts with DTC the Notes are credited. DTC may take
conflicting actions with respect to other undivided interests to the extent that
such actions are taken on behalf of Participants whose holdings include such
undivided interests.
 
     Except as required by law, the Depositor, the Owner Trust, and the
Indenture Trustee will not have any liability for any aspect of the records
relating to or payments made on account of beneficial ownership interest of the
Notes held by DTC's nominee, or for maintaining, supervising or reviewing any
records relating to such beneficial ownership interests.
 
     DTC may discontinue providing its services as securities depository with
respect to the Notes at any time by giving reasonable notice to the Indenture
Trustee. Under such circumstances, in the event that a successor securities
depository is not obtained, Definitive Notes are required to be printed and
delivered. See ' -- Definitive Notes.'
 
     The information in this section concerning DTC and DTC's book-entry system
has been obtained from sources that the Depositor believes to be reliable, but
the Depositor takes no responsibility for the accuracy or completeness thereof.
 
     Cedel Bank, societe anonyme ('Cedel Bank') is incorporated under the laws
of Luxembourg as a professional depository. Cedel Bank holds securities for its
Participants ('Cedel Bank Participants') and facilitates the clearance and
settlement of securities transactions between Cedel Bank Participants through
electronic book-entry changes in accounts of Cedel Bank Participants, thereby
eliminating the need for physical movement of securities. Transactions may be
settled by Cedel Bank in numerous currencies, including United States dollars.
Cedel Bank provides to its Cedel Bank Participants, among other things, services
for safekeeping, administration, clearance and settlement of internationally
traded securities and securities lending and borrowing. Cedel Bank interfaces
with domestic markets in several countries. As a professional depository, Cedel
Bank is subject to regulations by the Luxembourg Monetary Institute. Cedel Bank
Participants are recognized financial institutions around the world, including
underwriters, securities brokers and dealers, banks, trust companies, clearing
corporations and certain other organizations and may include the Underwriters of
the Notes. Indirect access to Cedel Bank is also available to others, such as
banks, brokers, dealers and trust companies that clear through or maintain a
custodial relationship with a Cedel Bank Participant, either directly or
indirectly.
 
     The Euroclear System (the 'Euroclear System') was created in 1968 to hold
securities for participants of the Euroclear System ('Euroclear Participants')
and to clear and settle transactions between Euroclear Participants through
simultaneous electronic book-entry delivery against payment, thereby eliminating
the need for physical movement of securities and any risk from lack of
simultaneous
 
                                       35
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
transfers of securities and cash. Transactions may now be settled in numerous
currencies, including United States dollars. The Euroclear System includes
various other services, including securities lending and borrowing and
interfaces with domestic markets in several countries generally similar to the
arrangements for cross-market transfers with DTC described above. The Euroclear
System is operated by Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York, Brussels,
Belgium office (the 'Euroclear Operator' or 'Euroclear'), under contract with
Euroclear Clearance System, S.C., a Belgian cooperative corporation (the
'Cooperative'). All operations are conducted by the Euroclear Operator, and all
Euroclear securities clearance accounts and Euroclear cash accounts are accounts
with the Euroclear Operator, not the Cooperative. The Cooperative establishes
policy for the Euroclear system on behalf of Euroclear Participants. Euroclear
Participants include banks (including central banks), securities brokers and
dealers and other professional financial intermediaries and may include the
Underwriters. Indirect access to the Euroclear System is also available to other
firms that clear through or maintain a custodial relationship with a Euroclear
Participant, either directly or indirectly.
 
     The Euroclear Operator is the Belgian branch of a New York banking
corporation which is a member bank of the Federal Reserve System. As such, it is
regulated and examined by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System
and the New York State Banking Department, as well as the Belgian Banking
Commission.
 
     Securities clearance accounts and cash accounts with the Euroclear Operator
are governed by the Terms and Conditions Governing Use of Euroclear and the
related Operating Procedures of the Euroclear System and applicable Belgian law
(collectively, the 'Terms and Conditions'). The Terms and Conditions govern
transfers of securities and cash within the Euroclear System, withdrawal of
securities and cash from the Euroclear System, and receipts of payments with
respect to securities in the Euroclear System. All securities in the Euroclear
System are held on a fungible basis without attribution of specific securities
to specific securities clearance accounts. The Euroclear Operator acts under the
Terms and Conditions only on behalf of Euroclear Participants and has no record
of or relationship with persons holding through Euroclear Participants.
 
     Distributions with respect to Notes held through Cedel Bank or Euroclear
will be credited to the cash accounts of Cedel Bank Participants or Euroclear
Participants in accordance with the relevant system's rules and procedures, to
the extent received by its International Depository. Such distributions will be
subject to tax reporting in accordance with relevant United States tax laws and
regulations. Cedel Bank or the Euroclear Operator, as the case may be, will take
any other action permitted to be taken by a Noteholder under the Indenture on
behalf of a Cedel Bank Participant or a Euroclear Participant only in accordance
with its relevant rules and procedures and subject to its International
Depository's ability to effect such actions on its behalf through DTC.
 
     Although DTC, Cedel Bank and Euroclear have agreed to the foregoing
procedures in order to facilitate transfers of Notes among participants of DTC,
Cedel Bank and Euroclear, they are under no obligation to perform or continue to
perform such procedures and such procedures may be discontinued at any time.
 
     If the related Prospectus Supplement states that the Notes of a Series will
be listed on the Luxembourg Stock Exchange, a paying agent shall be maintained
in respect of the Notes in Luxembourg (the 'Luxembourg Paying Agent') for so
long as the Notes of such Series are listed on the Luxembourg Stock Exchange. In
such event, Kredietbank S.A. Luxembourgeoise will be appointed as the initial
Luxembourg Paying Agent. In addition, Kredietbank S.A. Luxembourgeoise would be
appointed transfer agent in Luxembourg, with respect to the Notes of such
Series, in case the Global Notes for any Series are replaced by Definitive
Notes.
 
DEFINITIVE NOTES
 
     The Notes of each Class of a Series will be issued in registered,
certificated form to the Note Owners of such Class or their nominees
('Definitive Notes'), rather than to the Depository or its nominee, only if (i)
the Depository advises the Indenture Trustee in writing that it is no longer
willing or able to discharge properly its responsibilities as Depository with
respect to the Notes of such Class, and the Indenture Trustee is unable to
locate a qualified successor, or (ii) Note Owners representing not
 
                                       36
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
less than 50% of the principal balance of such Class advise the Indenture
Trustee and the Depository through Participants in writing that the continuation
of a book-entry system through the Depository is no longer in the best interest
of the Note Owners of such Class.
 
     Upon the occurrence of any of the events described in the immediately
preceding paragraph, the Depository is required to notify all Participants of
the availability through the Depository of Definitive Notes. Upon surrender by
the Depository of the definitive certificate representing the Notes of the
affected Class and instructions for registration, the Indenture Trustee will
issue the Notes of such Class as Definitive Notes, and thereafter the Indenture
Trustee will recognize the Note Owners of such Definitive Notes as Noteholders
under the Indenture.
 
     Distributions of principal and interest on the Notes of a Series will be
made by the Indenture Trustee directly to Noteholders in accordance with the
procedures set forth herein and in the Indenture. Interest payments and any
principal payments on each Payment Date will be made to Noteholders in whose
names the Definitive Notes were registered at the close of business on the
related Record Date. Distributions will be made by check mailed to the address
of such Noteholder as it appears on the register maintained by the Indenture
Trustee. The final payment on any Note, however, will be made only upon
presentation and surrender of such Note at the office or agency specified in the
notice of final distribution to Noteholders. The Indenture Trustee will provide
such notice to registered Noteholders mailed not later than the fifth day of the
month of such final distributions.
 
     Definitive Notes will be transferable and exchangeable at the offices of
the transfer agent and registrar, which initially will be the Indenture Trustee
(in such capacity, the 'Transfer Agent and Registrar') and, if the Notes of such
Series are listed on the Luxembourg Stock Exchange, the offices of Kredietbank
S.A. Luxembourgeoise which shall be appointed as transfer agent in Luxembourg in
respect of such Definitive Notes (the 'Luxembourg Transfer Agent'). No service
charge will be imposed for any registration of transfer or exchange, but the
Transfer Agent and Registrar may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover
any tax or other governmental charge imposed in connection therewith. The
Transfer Agent and Registrar will not be required to register the transfer or
exchange of Definitive Notes for the period from the Record Date preceding the
due date for any payment to the Payment Date with respect to such Definitive
Notes.
 
MODIFICATION OF INDENTURE WITHOUT NOTEHOLDER CONSENT
 
     Unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, with
respect to a Series of Notes, the Owner Trust and the Indenture Trustee may,
without consent of the Noteholders, enter into one or more supplemental
indentures for any of the following purposes: (i) to correct or amplify the
description of the collateral or add additional collateral; (ii) to provide for
the assumption of the Notes and the Indenture obligations by a permitted
successor to the Owner Trust (as described under ' -- Certain Covenants'); (iii)
to add additional covenants for the benefit of the Noteholders, or to surrender
any rights or power conferred upon the Owner Trust; (iv) to convey, transfer,
assign, mortgage or pledge any property to or with the Indenture Trustee; (v) to
cure any ambiguity or correct or supplement any provision in the Indenture or in
any supplemental indenture which may be inconsistent with any other provision of
the Indenture; (vi) to provide for the acceptance of the appointment of a
successor Indenture Trustee or to add to or change any of the provisions of the
Indenture or in any supplemental indenture as shall be necessary and permitted
to facilitate the administration by more than one trustee; (vii) to modify,
eliminate or add to the provisions of the Indenture in order to comply with the
Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended; (viii) to avoid a reduction,
qualification or withdrawal of any rating of the Notes; or (ix) to add any
provisions to, or change in any manner or eliminate any of the provisions of,
the Indenture or to modify in any manner the rights of the Holders of the Notes
under the Indenture, provided that no such supplemental indenture may (a) result
in a reduction, qualification or withdrawal of the then-current ratings of the
Notes, or (b) as evidenced by an opinion of counsel, adversely affect in any
material respect the interests of any Noteholder.
 
                                       37
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
MODIFICATION OF INDENTURE WITH NOTEHOLDER CONSENT
 
     Unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, with the
consent of the Holders representing a majority of the principal balance of each
Class of a Series of Notes then outstanding (a 'Note Majority'), the Owner
Trustee and the Indenture Trustee may execute a supplemental indenture to add
provisions to change in any manner or eliminate any provisions of, the
Indenture, or modify in any manner the rights of the Noteholders.
 
     Without the consent of the Holder of each outstanding Note affected
thereby, however, no supplemental indenture may: (i) change the date, timing or
method of determination of any installment of principal of or interest on any
Note or reduce the principal amount thereof, the interest rate specified thereon
or the redemption price with respect thereto or change the manner of calculating
any such payment or any place of payment where, or the coin or currency in
which, any Note or any interest thereon is payable; (ii) impair the right to
institute suit for the enforcement of certain provisions of the Indenture
regarding payment; (iii) reduce the percentage of each Class of the Notes then
outstanding the consent of the Holders of which is required for any such
supplemental indenture or for any waiver of compliance with certain provisions
of the Indenture or of certain defaults thereunder and their consequences; (iv)
modify or alter the provisions of the Indenture regarding the voting of Notes
held by the Owner Trust, any other obligor on the Notes, the Depositor or an
affiliate of any of them; (v) reduce the percentage of the Notes the consent of
the Holders of which is required to direct the Indenture Trustee to sell or
liquidate the Pledged Revenues if the proceeds of such sale would be
insufficient to pay the principal amount and accrued but unpaid interest on the
outstanding Notes; (vi) reduce the percentage of each Class of the Notes then
outstanding required to amend the sections of the Indenture which specify the
applicable percentage of each Class of the Notes then outstanding necessary to
amend the Indenture or certain other related agreements; (vii) permit the
creation of any lien ranking prior to or on a parity with the lien of the
Indenture with respect to any of the collateral for the Notes or, except as
otherwise permitted or contemplated in the Indenture, terminate the lien of the
Indenture on any such collateral or deprive the Holder of any Note of the
security afforded by the lien of the Indenture; or (viii) result in a reduction,
qualification or withdrawal of the rating of any Class of Notes by a Rating
Agency, as confirmed in writing by each Rating Agency.
 
EVENTS OF DEFAULT; RIGHTS UPON EVENT OF DEFAULT
 
     'Events of Default' under each Indenture will consist of: (i) a default for
five calendar days or more in the payment of interest due on any Note of such
Series; (ii) failure to pay the unpaid principal amount of any Class of Notes of
such Series on the Stated Maturity Date or any redemption date for such Class;
(iii) a default in the observance or performance in any material respect of any
covenant or agreement of the Owner Trust made in the Indenture, or any
representation or warranty made by the Owner Trust in the Indenture or in any
certificate delivered pursuant thereto or in connection therewith having been
incorrect as of the time made, and the continuation of any such default or the
failure to cure such breach of a representation or warranty for a period of 30
calendar days after notice thereof is given to the Owner Trust by the Indenture
Trustee or to the Owner Trust and the Indenture Trustee by the Holders of at
least 25% in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding; or (iv) certain
events of bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or liquidation of the Owner Trust
or the Depositor.
 
     If an Event of Default should occur and be continuing with respect to the
Notes of a Series, the applicable Indenture Trustee or a Note Majority may
declare the principal of the Notes of such Series to be immediately due and
payable. Such declaration may, under certain circumstances, be rescinded by a
Note Majority.
 
     If the Notes of a Series have been declared due and payable following an
Event of Default, the applicable Indenture Trustee may institute proceedings to
collect amounts due or foreclose on Pledged Revenues, exercise remedies as a
secured party, sell the related Pledged Revenues or elect to have the Owner
Trust maintain possession of the Pledged Revenues and continue to apply
collections on the Pledged Revenues as if there had been no declaration of
acceleration. The Indenture Trustee, however, will be prohibited from selling
the Pledged Revenues following an Event of Default, unless (i) the Holders of
all the outstanding Notes consent to such sale; (ii) the proceeds of such sale
distributable to Holders of the Notes are sufficient to pay in full the
principal of and the accrued interest on all the
 
                                       38
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
outstanding Notes at the date of such sale; or (iii) the Indenture Trustee
determines that the Pledged Revenues would not be sufficient on an ongoing basis
to make all payments on the Notes as such payments would have become due if such
obligations had not been declared due and payable, and the Indenture Trustee
obtains the consent of the Holders of 66 2/3% of the aggregate outstanding
amount of the Notes. Following a declaration upon an Event of Default that the
Notes are immediately due and payable, any proceeds of liquidation of the
Pledged Revenues, will be applied in the following order of priority: (i) to the
reimbursement of the Trustee for its expenses; (ii) to the payment of interest
and then principal on the Senior Notes; (iii) to the payment of interest and
then principal on the Subordinate Notes; (iv) to the payment of interest and
then principal on the Certificates (if any); and (v) the remainder, if any, to
payment of certain amounts payable in connection with any credit enhancement
with respect to such Series and thereafter to the Equity Certificateholders.
 
     Subject to the provisions of the Indenture relating to the duties of the
Indenture Trustee, if an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the
Indenture Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or
powers under the Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders of
the Notes, if the Indenture Trustee reasonably believes it will not be
adequately indemnified against the costs, expenses and liabilities which might
be incurred by it in complying with such request. Subject to the provisions for
indemnification and certain limitations contained in the Indenture, a Note
Majority will have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting
any proceeding or any remedy available to the Indenture Trustee, and a Note
Majority may, in certain cases, waive any default with respect thereto, except a
default in the payment of principal or interest or a default in respect of a
covenant or provision of the Indenture that cannot be modified without the
waiver or consent of all of the Holders of such outstanding Notes.
 
     No Holder of a Note will have the right to institute any proceeding with
respect to the Indenture, unless (i) such Holder previously has given to the
Indenture Trustee written notice of a continuing Event of Default, (ii) the
Holders of not less than 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes have
made written request of the Indenture Trustee to institute such proceeding in
its own name as Indenture Trustee, (iii) such Holder or Holders have offered the
Indenture Trustee reasonable indemnity, (iv) the Indenture Trustee has for 60
days failed to institute such proceeding, and (v) no direction inconsistent with
such written request has been given to the Indenture Trustee during such 60-day
period by the Holders of a majority in principal amount of such outstanding
Notes.
 
     If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing and if it is known to the
Indenture Trustee, the Indenture Trustee will mail to each Noteholder notice of
the Event of Default within 90 days after it occurs. Except in the case of a
failure to pay principal of or interest on any Note, the Indenture Trustee may
withhold the notice if and so long as it determines in good faith that
withholding the notice is in the interests of the Noteholders.
 
     In addition, the Indenture Trustee and the Noteholders, by accepting the
Notes, will covenant that they will not at any time institute against the
Depositor or the Owner Trust any bankruptcy, reorganization or other proceeding
under any federal or state bankruptcy or similar law.
 
     Neither the Indenture Trustee nor the Owner Trustee in its individual
capacity, nor any Holder of a Note including, without limitation, the Depositor,
nor any of their respective owners, beneficiaries, agents, officers, directors,
employees, affiliates, successors or assigns will, in the absence of an express
agreement to the contrary, be personally liable for the payment of the Notes or
for any agreement or covenant of the Owner Trust contained in the Indenture.
 
CERTAIN COVENANTS
 
     Each Indenture will provide that the related Owner Trust may not
consolidate with or merge into any other entity, unless (i) the entity formed by
or surviving such consolidation or merger is organized under the laws of the
United States or any state, (ii) such entity expressly assumes the Trust's
obligation to make due and punctual payments upon the Notes and the performance
or observance of every agreement and covenant of the Owner Trust under the
Indenture, (iii) no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing
immediately after such merger or consolidation, (iv) the Owner Trustee has been
advised that the rating of the Notes then in effect would not be reduced or
withdrawn by the
 
                                       39
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
Rating Agencies as a result of such merger or consolidation, (v) the Owner
Trustee has received an opinion of counsel to the effect that such consolidation
or merger would have no material adverse tax consequence to the Owner Trust or
to any Noteholder or Equity Certificateholder, and (vi) the Owner Trust or the
Person (if other than the Owner Trust) formed by or surviving such consolidation
or merger has a net worth, immediately after such consolidation or merger, that
is (a) greater than zero and (b) not less than the net worth of the Owner Trust
immediately prior to giving effect to such consolidation or merger.
 
     Each Owner Trust will not, among other things, (i) except as expressly
permitted by the related Indenture or Trust Agreement, sell, transfer, exchange
or otherwise dispose of any of the assets of such Owner Trust, (ii) claim any
credit on or make any deduction from the principal and interest payable in
respect of the related Notes (other than amounts withheld under the Code or
applicable state law) or assert any claim against any present or former Holder
of such Notes because of the payment of taxes levied or assessed upon the Owner
Trust, (iii) dissolve or liquidate in whole or in part, (iv) permit the validity
or effectiveness of the Indenture to be impaired or permit any person to be
released from any covenants or obligations with respect to the Notes under the
Indenture except as may be expressly permitted thereby, or (v) except as
expressly permitted by the Indenture, the Transfer and Servicing Agreement or
the Trust Agreement, permit any lien, charge, excise, claim, security interest,
mortgage or other encumbrance to be created on or extend to or otherwise arise
upon or burden the assets of the Owner Trust or any part thereof, or any
interest therein or proceeds thereof.
 
     Each Owner Trust may not engage in any activity other than as specified
under 'The Owner Trusts.' Each Owner Trust will not incur, assume or guarantee
any indebtedness other than indebtedness incurred pursuant to the related Notes
and the related Indenture or otherwise in accordance with the related Indenture,
Trust Agreement and Transfer and Servicing Agreement.
 
ANNUAL COMPLIANCE STATEMENT
 
     Each Owner Trust will be required to file annually with the applicable
Indenture Trustee a written statement as to the fulfillment of its obligations
under the Indenture.
 
INDENTURE TRUSTEE'S ANNUAL REPORT
 
     Each Indenture Trustee will be required to mail each year to all
Noteholders of a related Series a brief report relating to its eligibility and
qualification to continue as Indenture Trustee under the related Indenture, any
amounts advanced by it under the Indenture, the amount, interest rate and
maturity date of certain indebtedness owing by the Owner Trust to the Indenture
Trustee in its individual capacity, the property and funds physically held by
the Indenture Trustee as such and any action taken by it that materially affects
the Notes and that has not been previously reported.
 
SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE
 
     An Indenture will be discharged with respect to the collateral securing the
Notes of such Series upon the delivery to the related Indenture Trustee for
cancellation of all such Notes or, with certain limitations, upon deposit with
the Indenture Trustee of funds sufficient for the payment in full of all of such
Notes.
 
THE INDENTURE TRUSTEE
 
     The Indenture Trustee for each Series will be specified in the related
Prospectus Supplement. An Indenture Trustee may resign at any time, in which
event the Depositor will be obligated to appoint a successor trustee. The
Depositor may also remove an Indenture Trustee if such Indenture Trustee ceases
to be eligible to continue as such under the Indenture, if such Indenture
Trustee becomes insolvent or if the rating assigned to the long-term unsecured
debt obligations of such Indenture Trustee (or the holding company thereof) by
the Rating Agencies shall be lowered below the rating of 'BBB', 'Baa3' or
equivalent rating or be withdrawn by any Rating Agency. In such circumstances,
the Depositor will be obligated to appoint a successor trustee. Any resignation
or removal of an Indenture
 
                                       40
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
Trustee and appointment of a successor trustee will not become effective until
acceptance of the appointment by a successor trustee.
 
              DESCRIPTION OF THE TRANSFER AND SERVICING AGREEMENTS
 
     The following is a summary of the material terms of each of the Transfer
and Servicing Agreements, a form of which was filed with the Registration
Statement of which this Prospectus is a part. In addition, a copy of the
Transfer and Servicing Agreement relating to a Series of Notes will be filed
with the Securities and Exchange Commission following the issuance of such
Series. The following summary describes certain terms expected to be common to
each Transfer and Servicing Agreement, but does not purport to be complete and
is subject to all of the provisions of the Transfer and Servicing Agreement and
the description set forth in the related Prospectus Supplement.
 
TRANSFER AND ASSIGNMENT OF CONTRACTS AND EQUIPMENT
 
     On the applicable Closing Date, the Originators will transfer to the
Depositor pursuant to the Purchase Agreement all of their right, title and
interest in the Contracts and the related Equipment, including all security
interests created thereby and therein, the right to receive all Scheduled
Payments and Prepayments received on the Contracts on or after the Cut-Off Date
(including all Scheduled Payments due prior to, but not received as of, the
Cut-Off Date, but excluding any Scheduled Payments due on or after, but received
prior to, the Cut-Off Date), all rights under insurance policies maintained on
the Equipment pursuant to the Contracts, all documents contained in the Contract
Files and all proceeds derived from any of the foregoing. Pursuant to the
Transfer and Servicing Agreement, on the Closing Date, the Depositor will
transfer all of the foregoing (including, to the extent specified in the related
Prospectus Supplement, (i) the Depositor's ownership or security interest in the
Leased Equipment, (ii) Prepayments received on Lease Contracts and (iii)
Liquidation Proceeds received with respect to the liquidation of defaulted Lease
Contracts and the disposition of the related Leased Equipment), together with
all its rights under the Purchase Agreement, to the Owner Trust.
 
     The Transfer and Servicing Agreement will designate the Servicer as
custodian to maintain possession, as the Owner Trust's agent, of the Contracts
and all documents related thereto. To facilitate servicing and save
administrative costs, the documents will not be physically segregated from other
similar documents that are in TCC's possession. UCC financing statements will be
filed on the Closing Date in the applicable jurisdictions reflecting the
transfer of the Contracts and the Equipment by the Originators to the Depositor,
the transfer by the Depositor to the Owner Trust, and the pledge by the Owner
Trust to the Indenture Trustee, and the Originators' accounting records and
computer systems will also reflect such assignments and pledge. The Contracts
will not, however, be stamped or otherwise physically marked to reflect their
assignment to the Owner Trust. If, through fraud, negligence or otherwise, a
subsequent purchaser were able to take physical possession of the Contracts
without knowledge of the assignment, the Owner Trust's interest in the Contracts
could be defeated. See 'Risk Factors -- Certain Legal Aspects of the Contracts'
and 'Certain Legal Aspects of the Contracts.'
 
COLLECTIONS ON CONTRACTS
 
     The applicable Indenture Trustee will establish and maintain a Servicing
Account, into which the Servicer will deposit, no later than the second Business
Day after receipt thereof, all Scheduled Payments, Prepayments, Liquidation
Proceeds and other amounts received by the Servicer in respect of the Contracts
after the Cut-Off Date. The Servicer will thereafter transfer to the Collection
Account, no later than the third Business Day after deposit thereof in the
Servicing Account, the following amounts:
 
          (i) all Scheduled Payments made by or on behalf of Obligors under the
     Contracts;
 
          (ii) all Prepayments, excluding any portion thereof allocable to the
     Depositor, as specified in the related Prospectus Supplement;
 
          (iii) all amounts constituting Liquidation Proceeds on Liquidated
     Contracts to the extent specified in the related Prospectus Supplement;
 
                                       41
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
          (iv) any and all payments made by TCC pursuant to the Transfer and
     Servicing Agreement in connection with the purchase of any Contracts as a
     result of a breach of a representation or warranty with respect thereto, as
     described under 'The Contracts -- Representations and Warranties Made by
     TCC,' excluding, in the case of a Lease Contract, any portion thereof
     allocable to the Depositor; and
 
          (v) the amount paid by the Depositor to purchase the Contracts, as
     described under 'Description of the Notes -- Optional Purchase of
     Contracts.'
 
     So long as no Event of Termination shall have occurred and be continuing
with respect to the Servicer, the Servicer may make the remittances to be made
by it to the Collection Account net of amounts (which amounts may be netted
prior to any such remittance for a Collection Period) otherwise to be
distributed to it in payment of its Servicing Fee.
 
     The Servicer will be entitled to withdraw from the Collection Account any
amounts deposited therein in error or required to be repaid to an Obligor, based
on the Servicer's good-faith determination that such amount was deposited in
error or must be returned to the Obligor.
 
     Under the Transfer and Servicing Agreement, the Servicer is required to
establish in its own name one or more 'Insurance, Maintenance and Tax Accounts,'
into which are to be deposited any payments made by or on behalf of Obligors
which constitute (a) insurance charges paid by an Obligor to the lessor or
secured party under a Contract (unless such payments are made directly by the
Obligor to the applicable insurance company, or TCC or the Originator has
previously paid such charges), (b) any insurance payments or recoveries paid by
an insurance company or comparable third party and related to the damage to, or
destruction of, the Equipment related to such Contract (unless paid directly by
such insurance company or comparable third party directly to the Obligor), (c)
any payments made by or on behalf of Obligors which constitute amounts paid by
an Obligor to the lessor or secured party under a Contract in respect of the
maintenance of the related Equipment, and (d) taxes paid by the Obligor and
related to the applicable Contract or the Equipment related thereto (unless such
payment is made directly by the Obligor to the applicable taxing authority or
authorities, or TCC or the Originator has previously paid such taxes). The
Servicer may withdraw amounts from the Insurance, Maintenance and Tax Accounts,
when and if appropriate, to pay when due (or may pay from its own funds and
thereafter reimburse itself from amounts in the Insurance, Maintenance and Tax
Accounts) (1) all insurance charges in the amounts received under clause (a)
above, (2) any amounts payable under any applicable maintenance contract or
otherwise with respect to the maintenance of the related Equipment in the
amounts received under clause (c) above, and (3) all taxes in the amounts
received under clause (d) above. Amounts on deposit in the Insurance,
Maintenance and Tax Accounts which represent amounts received by the Servicer
pursuant to clause (b) above shall be applied by the Servicer as follows: if
equipment is purchased to replace the Equipment that was damaged or destroyed,
and such replacement equipment is (in the reasonable opinion of the Servicer) of
comparable use and equivalent value to the Equipment that was damaged or
destroyed, or if the Equipment is to be repaired, the Servicer shall release
such amount so received from the insurance company or comparable third party in
payment or reimbursement for such replacement equipment or such repair; and if
this replacement option is not exercised and the Equipment is not to be
repaired, then the Servicer shall treat such amount as Liquidation Proceeds and
transfer that portion thereof which would be allocable to the Notes (as
described in 'Description of the Notes -- Liquidated Contracts') from the
Insurance, Maintenance and Tax Account to the Collection Account.
 
     The Servicer will pay to the Depositor, no later than the third Business
Day after deposit thereof in the Servicing Account, all proceeds from the
disposition of Leased Equipment, to the extent allocable to the Depositor,
including amounts paid by Obligors to exercise purchase options under Lease
Contracts and the allocable portion of Liquidation Proceeds (as described under
'Description of the Notes -- Liquidated Contracts').
 
     On or before the fifth Business Day preceding each Payment Date (the
'Determination Date'), the Servicer is required to determine the amount of
Related Collection Period Pledged Revenues for such Payment Date, the amount of
interest payable on the Notes on such Payment Date, the Monthly Principal Amount
for such Payment Date, the Principal Deficiency Amount (if any) for such Payment
Date, and the amount, if any, by which such Related Collection Period Pledged
Revenues, when applied
 
                                       42
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
in accordance with the priorities described under 'Description of the
Notes -- Distributions,' are insufficient to pay the interest payable on the
Notes on such Payment Date (an 'Interest Shortfall'). If there is an Interest
Shortfall for such Payment Date, Current Collection Period Pledged Revenues will
be applied to the payment of interest on the Notes to the extent necessary to
cure such Interest Shortfall. The Servicer shall further give notice to the
Indenture Trustee of amounts to be withdrawn from the cash collateral account to
pay (1) any remaining Interest Shortfall (after giving effect to the previous
application of Available Pledged Revenues as aforesaid), (2) the Principal
Deficiency Amount (if any), and (3) if such Payment Date is the Stated Maturity
Date for any Class of Notes, the remaining unpaid principal balance of such
Class of Notes (after giving effect to previous application of Available Pledged
Revenues as aforesaid).
 
SERVICING
 
     Pursuant to the Transfer and Servicing Agreement, TCC will be engaged to
act as Servicer on behalf of the Owner Trust and the Depositor. The Servicer is
generally obligated under the Transfer and Servicing Agreement to service the
Contracts in accordance with customary and usual procedures of institutions
which service equipment lease contracts, installment sale contracts, promissory
notes, loan and security agreements and other similar types of receivables
comparable to the Contracts and, to the extent more exacting, the degree of
skill and attention that the Servicer exercises from time to time with respect
to all comparable such contracts that it services for itself or others. In
performing such duties, so long as TCC is the Servicer, it shall comply in all
material respects with its credit and collection policies and procedures in
effect from time to time (which credit and collection policies currently in
effect are described under 'The Originators -- Underwriting and Servicing'). The
Servicer may delegate certain of its servicing responsibilities with respect to
the Contracts to third parties, provided that the Servicer will remain obligated
to the Owner Trust and the Depositor for the proper performance of all such
servicing responsibilities.
 
     The Servicer is generally obligated to act in a commercially reasonable
manner with respect to the repossession and disposition of Equipment following a
Contract default with a view to realizing proceeds at least equal to the fair
market value thereof. The Servicer may, in its discretion, choose to dispose of
Equipment through a new lease or in some other manner which provides for payment
for the Equipment over time. In any such event, the Servicer will be required to
pay from its own funds an amount which, in its reasonable judgment, is equal to
the fair market value of such Equipment (less any related out-of-pocket
liquidation expenses), and the Servicer will be entitled to all payments
received thereafter in respect of such Equipment. Any such amounts so paid by
the Servicer will be deemed to constitute additional Liquidation Proceeds with
respect to the related Contract and Equipment and will be allocated as described
under 'Description of the Notes -- Liquidated Contracts.'
 
     Under the Transfer and Servicing Agreement, the Servicer is responsible
for, among other things: reviewing and certifying that the Contract Files are
complete; monitoring and tracking any property and sales taxes to be paid by
Obligors; billing, collection and recording of payments from Obligors;
communicating with and providing billing records to Obligors; deposit of funds
into the Collection Account; receiving payments as the Owner Trust's agent on
the insurance policies maintained by the Obligors and communicating with
insurers with respect thereto; issuance of reports to the Indenture Trustee
specified in the Indenture and in the Transfer and Servicing Agreement;
repossession and remarketing of Equipment following Obligor defaults; and paying
the fees and ordinary expenses of the Indenture Trustee and the Owner Trustee.
 
     The Servicer shall, to the extent the proceeds of such liquidation are
sufficient therefor, be entitled to recover all reasonable out-of-pocket
expenses incurred by it in the course of liquidating a Contract and disposing of
the related Equipment, which amounts may be retained by the Servicer from such
proceeds to the extent of such expenses. The Servicer is entitled under the
Transfer and Servicing Agreement to retain, from liquidation proceeds, a reserve
for out-of-pocket liquidation expenses in an amount equal to such expenses, in
addition to those previously incurred, as it reasonably estimates will be
incurred. Upon completion of such liquidation, the remainder of any such
reserve, after reimbursement to the Servicer of all out-of-pocket liquidation
expenses, shall constitute Liquidation Proceeds and be deposited in the
Collection Account.
 
                                       43
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
     Under the Transfer and Servicing Agreement, the Servicer, subject to
certain limitations, is permitted to grant payment extensions on a Contract in
accordance with its credit and collection policies and procedures if the
Servicer believes in good faith that such extension is necessary to avoid a
termination and liquidation of such Contract and will maximize the amount to be
received by the Owner Trust with respect to such Contract. Under the Transfer
and Servicing Agreement, the Servicer, subject to certain limitations, is
permitted to grant modifications or amendments to a Contract in accordance with
its credit and collection policies and procedures.
 
     Prepayments. The Servicer may in its discretion allow a prepayment of any
Lease Contract, but only if the amount paid by or on behalf of the Obligor (or,
in the case of a partial prepayment, the sum of such amount and the remaining
Contract Principal Balance of the Lease Contract after application of such
amount) is at least equal to the Required Payoff Amount of such Lease Contract.
To the extent any prepayment exceeds the Required Payoff Amount of a Lease
Contract, such excess will be paid to the Depositor.
 
     Evidence as to Compliance. On or before March 31 of each year, the Servicer
must deliver to the Indenture Trustee a statement from a nationally recognized
accounting firm to the effect that such firm has (i) audited the financial
statements of the Servicer and issued its report thereon and that such audit was
made in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards, which require
that such accounting firm plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable
assurance as to whether the financial statements of the Servicer are free of
material misstatement, and (ii) examined management's assertion that the
Servicer maintained effective control over the servicing of equipment lease
contracts, installment sales contracts, promissory notes, loan and security
agreements and/or other similar types of receivables under servicing agreements
substantially similar one to another, in accordance with established or stated
criteria, and that such examination was performed in accordance with standards
established by the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants.
 
     Certain Matters Regarding the Servicer. The Servicer may not resign from
its obligations under the Transfer and Servicing Agreement except upon a
determination that its duties thereunder are no longer permissible under
applicable law. No such resignation will become effective until a successor
servicer has assumed the Servicer's obligations and duties under the Transfer
and Servicing Agreement. The Servicer can be removed as Servicer only upon the
occurrence of an Event of Termination as discussed below.
 
     The Servicer must keep in place throughout the term of the Transfer and
Servicing Agreement (i) an insurance policy or financial guarantee bond covering
errors and omissions by the Servicer, and (ii) a fidelity bond. Such policy or
policies and such fidelity bond shall be in such form and amount as is generally
customary among persons that service a portfolio of equipment leases having an
unpaid balance of at least $100 million and which are generally regarded as
servicers acceptable to institutional investors.
 
     Servicing Compensation and Payment of Expenses. Compensation to the
Servicer will include a monthly fee (the 'Servicing Fee'), which will be payable
to the Servicer from the Amount Available on each Payment Date, in an amount
equal to the product of one-twelfth of 1.25% per annum multiplied by the
Contract Pool Principal Balance as of the last day of the second preceding
Collection Period (or, in the case of the Servicing Fee with respect to the
Collection Period commencing on the Cut-Off Date, the Contract Pool Principal
Balance as of the Cut-Off Date), plus any late fees, late payment interest,
documentation fees, insurance administration charges and other administrative
fees and charges and a portion of any extension fees (collectively, the
'Administrative Fees') collected with respect to the Contracts during the prior
Collection Period and any investment earnings on collections prior to deposit
thereof in the Collection Account. Up to one-fifth of such Servicing Fee will be
used by the Servicer to pay certain expenses relating to the Contracts and the
Owner Trust. The Servicer is authorized under the Transfer and Servicing
Agreement, in its discretion, to waive any Administrative Fees or extension fees
that may be collected in the ordinary course of servicing any Contract.
 
     Events of Termination. An Event of Termination under the Transfer and
Servicing Agreement will occur if (a) the Servicer fails to make any payment or
deposit required under the Transfer and Servicing Agreement and such failure
continues for five business days (or three business days in the case of a
failure by TCC to pay the amount necessary to purchase a Contract and the
related Equipment due to a
 
                                       44
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
breach of representations and warranties with respect thereto) after notice from
the Indenture Trustee or after discovery by the Servicer; (b) the Servicer fails
to deliver to the Indenture Trustee and the Owner Trustee the Servicer's
Certificate by the third Business Day prior to the related Payment Date; (c) the
Servicer fails to observe or perform in any material respect any other covenants
or agreements of the Servicer set forth in the Transfer and Servicing Agreement
(and, if TCC is the Servicer, the Purchase Agreement), and such failure (i)
materially and adversely affects the rights of the Owner Trust, Noteholders or
Equity Certificateholders, and (ii) continues unremedied for 30 days after
written notice thereof has been given to the Servicer by the Owner Trustee, the
Indenture Trustee or any Certificateholder or Noteholder; (d) certain events of
bankruptcy or insolvency occur with respect to the Servicer; or (e) any
representation, warranty or statement of the Servicer made in the Transfer and
Servicing Agreement or any certificate, report or other writing delivered
pursuant thereto proves to be incorrect in any material respect, and such
incorrectness (i) has a material adverse effect on the Owner Trust, Noteholders
or Equity Certificateholders, and (ii) continues uncured for 30 days after
written notice thereof has been given to the Servicer by the Owner Trustee, the
Indenture Trustee or any Certificateholder or Noteholder. The Servicer is
required under the Transfer and Servicing Agreement to give the Indenture
Trustee, the Owner Trustee and each Rating Agency notice of an Event of
Termination promptly after having obtained knowledge of such event.
 
     Federal bankruptcy laws limit the termination of contracts solely by reason
of the fact that the party obligated to provide such performance is subject to
federal bankruptcy proceedings. In such a circumstance, the Indenture Trustee
may be unable to terminate the Servicer unless it could demonstrate that
independent grounds (whether or not arising from the same facts causing the
Servicer to be subject to bankruptcy proceedings) exist to declare an Event of
Termination and the court supervising the bankruptcy proceeding determines that
such grounds warrant termination of the Servicer.
 
     Rights upon Event of Termination. So long as an Event of Termination
remains unremedied, the Indenture Trustee may, and at the written direction of
(i) a Note Majority, or (ii) at such time as the Notes are no longer
Outstanding, Certificateholders representing a majority of the aggregate
principal balance of the Certificates (a 'Certificate Majority') shall,
terminate all of the rights and obligations of the Servicer under the Transfer
and Servicing Agreement in and to the Contracts, whereupon a successor servicer
(which, unless and until the Indenture Trustee appoints a new servicer, will be
the Indenture Trustee) will succeed to all the responsibilities, duties and
liabilities of the Servicer under the Transfer and Servicing Agreement and will
be entitled to similar compensation arrangements; provided, however, that any
successor servicer will not assume any obligation of TCC to repurchase Contracts
for breaches of representations and warranties, and any successor servicer will
not be liable for any acts or omissions of the prior Servicer occurring prior to
a transfer of the Servicer's servicing and related functions or for any breach
by such Servicer of any of its obligations contained in the Transfer and
Servicing Agreement.
 
     A Note Majority may waive any default by the Servicer in the performance of
its obligations under the Transfer and Servicing Agreement and its consequences.
Upon any such waiver of a past default, such default shall cease to exist, and
any Event of Termination arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been
remedied. No such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other default or
impair any right consequent thereon.
 
AMENDMENT
 
     The Transfer and Servicing Agreement may be amended by the parties thereto
(i) to cure any ambiguity, (ii) to correct or supplement any provision therein
that may be inconsistent with any other provision therein, or (iii) to make any
other provisions with respect to matters or questions arising under the Transfer
and Servicing Agreement that are not inconsistent with the provisions thereof,
provided that such action will not adversely affect in any material respect the
interests of the Noteholders or the Equity Certificateholders. The Transfer and
Servicing Agreement may also be amended by the parties thereto with the consent
of a Note Majority for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in
any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of the Transfer and Servicing
Agreement or of modifying in any manner the rights of the Noteholders; provided,
however,
 
                                       45
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
that no such amendment (a) that reduces in any manner the amount of, or
accelerates or delays the timing of, any payment received on or with respect to
Contracts that are required to be distributed on any Note or that reduces the
aforesaid percentage required to consent to any such amendment or any waiver
under the Transfer and Servicing Agreement, may be effective without the consent
of the Holder of each such Note, or (b) will be effective unless each Rating
Agency confirms that such amendment will not result in a reduction,
qualification or withdrawal of the ratings on the Notes.
 
TERMINATION OF THE TRANSFER AND SERVICING AGREEMENT
 
     The obligations created by the Transfer and Servicing Agreement will
terminate (after distribution of all interest and principal then due to
Noteholders and the holders of the Certificates) on the earlier of (i) the
Payment Date next succeeding the later of the final payment or other liquidation
of the last Contract or the disposition of all Equipment acquired upon
termination of any Contract; or (b) the Payment Date on which the Depositor
repurchases the Contracts as described under 'Description of the
Notes -- Optional Purchase of Contracts.' However, TCC's representations,
warranties and indemnities will survive any termination of the Transfer and
Servicing Agreement.
 
                     CERTAIN LEGAL ASPECTS OF THE CONTRACTS
 
ENFORCEMENT OF SECURITY INTERESTS IN THE EQUIPMENT
 
     Due to the administrative burden and expense, no assignments of the UCC
financing statements evidencing the security interest of the Originators in the
Equipment (to the extent that such financing statements have been filed against
the Obligor, as discussed under 'The Originator -- Underwriting and
Servicing -- Documentation') will be filed to reflect the Depositor's, the Owner
Trust's and the Indenture Trustee's interests therein. While failure to file
such assignments does not affect the Owner Trust's interest in the Contracts
(including the related Originator's interest in the related Equipment), it does
expose the Owner Trust and the Noteholders to the risk that the Originator could
release its security interest in the Equipment of record, and it could
complicate the Owner Trust's enforcement, as assignee, of the Originator's
security interest in the Equipment. While these risks should not affect the
perfection or priority of the interest of the Indenture Trustee in the Contracts
or rights to payment thereunder, they may adversely affect the right of the
Indenture Trustee to receive proceeds of disposition of the Equipment subject to
a Liquidated Contract, which are to be allocated to the payment of the Notes as
described under 'Description of the Notes -- Liquidated Contracts.'
Additionally, statutory liens for repairs or unpaid taxes and other liens
arising by operation of law may have priority even over prior perfected security
interests assigned to the Indenture Trustee in the Equipment.
 
     In the event of a default by the Obligor under a Loan Contract or a Lease
Contract intended for security, the Servicer on behalf of the Owner Trust and
the Depositor may take action to enforce the Originator's interest in the
related Equipment by repossession and resale or re-lease of the Equipment. Under
the UCC in most states, a creditor can, without prior notice to the debtor,
repossess assets securing a defaulted contract by the Obligor's voluntary
surrender, or by 'self-help' repossession that does not involve a breach of the
peace and by judicial process. In the event of bankruptcy or insolvency of the
Obligor these remedies may require the permission of a bankruptcy court or may
otherwise not be immediately available. See ' -- Insolvency Matters' below.
 
     In the event of a default by the Obligor under a Loan Contract or a Lease
Contract intended for security, some jurisdictions require that the Obligor be
notified of the default and be given a time period within which it may cure the
default prior to repossession. Generally, this right of reinstatement may be
exercised on a limited number of occasions in any one-year period.
 
     The UCC and other state laws place restrictions on repossession sales,
including requirements that the secured party provide the debtor with reasonable
notice of the date, time and place of any public sale and/or the date after
which any private sale of the collateral may be held and that any such sale be
conducted in a commercially reasonable manner.
 
     Under most state laws, an Obligor under a Loan Contract or a Lease Contract
intended for security has the right to redeem collateral for its obligations
prior to actual sale by paying the lessor or secured
 
                                       46
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
party the unpaid balance of the obligation plus reasonable expenses for
repossessing, holding and preparing the collateral for disposition and arranging
for its sale, plus, to the extent provided for in the written agreement of the
parties, reasonable attorneys' fees.
 
     In addition, because the market value of equipment of the type subject to
the Contracts generally declines with age, due to obsolescence, the net
disposition proceeds of Equipment at any time during the term of the Contracts
may not equal or exceed the Contract Principal Balance on the related Contract.
Because of this, and because other creditors may in certain cases have rights in
the related Equipment superior to those of the Owner Trust, the Servicer may not
be able to recover the entire amount due on a defaulted Contract in the event
that the Servicer elects to repossess and dispose of such Equipment at any time.
 
     Under the UCC and laws applicable in most states, a creditor is entitled to
obtain a deficiency judgment from an Obligor under a Loan Contract or a Lease
Contract intended for security for any deficiency on repossession and resale of
the asset securing the unpaid balance of such Obligor's Contract. However, some
states impose prohibitions or limitations on deficiency judgments. In most
jurisdictions, the courts, in interpreting the UCC, would impose upon a creditor
an obligation to repossess the equipment in a commercially reasonable manner and
to 'mitigate damages' in the event of an Obligor's failure to cure a default.
The creditor would be required to exercise reasonable judgment and follow
acceptable commercial practice in seizing, selling or re-leasing the equipment
and to offset the net proceeds of such disposition against its claim. In
addition, an Obligor may successfully invoke an election of remedies defense to
a deficiency claim in the event that the Servicer's repossession and sale of the
Equipment is found to be a retention discharging the Obligor from all further
obligations under the UCC. If a deficiency judgment were granted, the judgment
would be a personal judgment against the Obligor for the shortfall, but a
defaulting Obligor may have limited assets or sources of income available
following repossession. Therefore, in many cases, it may not be useful to seek a
deficiency judgment or, if one is obtained, it may be settled at a significant
discount.
 
     Many states have adopted a version of Article 2A of the UCC ('Article 2A').
Article 2A purports to codify many provisions of existing common law. Although
there is little precedental authority regarding how Article 2A will be
interpreted, it may, among other things, limit enforceability of any
'unconscionable' provision in a Lease Contract, provide an Obligor with remedies
including the right to cancel the Lease Contract for any lessor breach or
default, and may add to or modify the terms of 'consumer leases' and leases
where the Obligor is a 'merchant lessee.' However, each Lease Contract contains
an acknowledgement by the Obligor that the Equipment was acquired for business
purposes, and TCC will represent in the Purchase Agreement that no Lease
Contract is a 'consumer lease' under Article 2A. Article 2A, moreover,
recognizes typical commercial lease 'hell or high water' rental payment clauses
and validates reasonable liquidated damages provisions in the event of lessor or
Obligor defaults. Article 2A also recognizes the concept of freedom of contract
and permits the parties in a commercial context a wide latitude to vary
provisions of the law.
 
INSOLVENCY MATTERS
 
     Certain statutory provisions, including federal and state bankruptcy and
insolvency laws, may also limit the ability of the Servicer to repossess and
resell or re-lease Equipment or obtain a deficiency judgment. In the event of
the bankruptcy or reorganization of an Obligor, various provisions of the
Bankruptcy Code of 1978 (the 'Bankruptcy Code') and related laws may interfere
with or eliminate the ability of the Servicer to enforce the Owner Trust's
rights under the Contracts. For example, although the bankruptcy or
reorganization of an Obligor would constitute an event of default under such
Contract, the Bankruptcy Code provides generally that rights and obligations
under an unexpired lease or an executory contract may not be terminated or
modified solely because of a provision in the lease or executory contract
conditioned upon the commencement of a case under the Bankruptcy Code. If
bankruptcy proceedings were instituted in respect of an Obligor under such a
Contract, the Owner Trust could be prevented from continuing to collect payments
due from or on behalf of such Obligor or exercising any remedies assigned to the
Owner Trust without the approval of the bankruptcy court, and, with respect to a
Loan Contract or a Lease Contract intended as security, the bankruptcy court
could permit the Obligor, as owner of the Equipment, to use or dispose of the
Equipment and provide the
 
                                       47
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
Owner Trust with a lien on substitute collateral, so long as the court held that
such substitute collateral constituted 'adequate protection' within the meaning
of the Bankruptcy Code.
 
     In the case of a Lease Contract that is deemed not to be intended as
security, the Bankruptcy Code grants to the bankruptcy trustee or the
debtor-in-possession a right to elect to assume or reject any executory contract
or unexpired lease. Any such rejection by the lessee would result in the return
of the leased equipment to the lessor. Any rejection of such a lease or contract
constitutes a breach of such lease or contract, entitling the non-breaching
party to a claim for breach of contract, which claim would be payable only from
the assets of the debtor's bankruptcy estate. The net proceeds from any
resulting judgment would be allocated by the Servicer between the Owner Trust
and the Depositor as described under 'Description of the Notes -- Liquidated
Contracts.'
 
     In the event that, as a result of the bankruptcy or reorganization of an
Obligor, the related Contract becomes a defaulted Contract, the amount available
to be withdrawn from, or drawn on, the cash collateral account or other form of
credit enhancement for the related Series has been reduced to zero and the
Contract has become a defaulted Contract without breach of any representation or
warranty of TCC or the Depositor, no recourse would be available against TCC or
the Depositor and the Noteholders and Equity Certificateholders could suffer a
loss with respect to such Contract.
 
     These UCC and bankruptcy provisions, in addition to the possible decrease
in the value of a repossessed item of Equipment, may limit the amount realized
on the sale of Equipment securing the Contracts to less than the amount due
thereunder.
 
                             UNITED STATES TAXATION
 
     The anticipated federal income tax consequences of the purchase, ownership
and disposition of each series of Notes will be discussed in the related
Prospectus Supplement. Such discussion will not deal with federal income tax
consequences applicable to all categories of investors, some of which may be
subject to special rules. Investors should consult their own tax advisors in
determining the federal, state, local and any other tax consequences to them of
the purchase, ownership and disposition of the Notes.
 
                              ERISA CONSIDERATIONS
 
     Section 406 of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act ('ERISA'),
and/or Section 4975 of the Code, prohibits a pension, profit-sharing or other
employee benefit plan, as well as individual retirement accounts and certain
types of Keogh Plans (each a 'Benefit Plan') from engaging in certain
transactions with persons that are 'parties in interest' under ERISA or
'disqualified persons' under the Code with respect to such Benefit Plan. A
violation of these 'prohibited transaction' rules may result in an excise tax or
other penalties and liabilities under ERISA and the Code for such persons. Title
I of ERISA also requires that fiduciaries of a Benefit Plan subject to ERISA
make investments that are prudent, diversified (except if prudent not to do so)
and in accordance with governing plan documents.
 
     Certain transactions involving the purchase, holding or transfer of the
Notes might be deemed to constitute prohibited transactions under ERISA and the
Code if assets of the Owner Trust were deemed to be assets of a Benefit Plan.
Under a regulation issued by the United States Department of Labor (the 'Plan
Assets Regulation'), the assets of the Owner Trust would be treated as plan
assets of a Benefit Plan for the purposes of ERISA and the Code only if the
Benefit Plan acquires an 'equity interest' in the Owner Trust and none of the
exceptions contained in the Plan Assets Regulation is applicable. An equity
interest is defined under the Plan Assets Regulation as an interest in an entity
other than an instrument which is treated as indebtedness under applicable local
law and which has no substantial equity features. The Plan Assets Regulation
also provides that a beneficial interest in a trust is an equity interest.
Although there can be no assurances in this regard, it appears that the Notes
should be treated as debt without substantial equity features for purposes of
the Plan Assets Regulation and that the Notes do not constitute beneficial
interests in the Owner Trust for purposes of the Plan Assets Regulation.
However, without regard to whether the Notes are treated as an equity interest
for such purposes, the acquisition or holding of Notes by or on behalf of a
Benefit Plan could be considered
 
                                       48
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
to give rise to a prohibited transaction if the Owner Trust, the Owner Trustee
or the Indenture Trustee, or any of their respective affiliates is or becomes a
party in interest or a disqualified person with respect to such Benefit Plan. In
such case, certain exemptions from the prohibited transaction rules could be
applicable depending on the type and circumstances of the plan fiduciary making
the decision to acquire a Note. Included among these exemptions are: Prohibited
Transaction Class Exemption ('PTCE') 96-23, regarding transactions effected by
'in-house asset managers'; PTCE 90-1, regarding investments by insurance company
pooled separate accounts; PTCE 95-60, regarding transactions effected by
'insurance company general accounts'; PTCE 91-38, regarding investments by bank
collective investment funds; and PTCE 84-14, regarding transactions effected by
'qualified professional asset managers.'
 
     Employee benefit plans that are governmental plans (as defined in Section
3(32) of ERISA) and certain church plans (as defined in Section 3(33) of ERISA)
are not subject to ERISA requirements.
 
     A PLAN FIDUCIARY CONSIDERING THE PURCHASE OF ANY OF THE NOTES SHOULD
CONSULT ITS TAX AND/OR LEGAL ADVISORS REGARDING WHETHER THE ASSETS OF THE OWNER
TRUST WOULD BE CONSIDERED PLAN ASSETS, THE POSSIBILITY OF EXEMPTIVE RELIEF FROM
THE PROHIBITED TRANSACTION RULES AND OTHER ISSUES AND THEIR POTENTIAL
CONSEQUENCES.
 
                              RATINGS OF THE NOTES
 
     It will be a condition of issuance that at least one Rating Agency rate the
Notes in a rating category that signifies investment grade. There is no
assurance that any such rating will not be lowered or withdrawn by the assigning
Rating Agency if, in its judgment, circumstances so warrant. In the event that a
rating or ratings with respect to the Notes is qualified, reduced or withdrawn,
no person or entity will be obligated to provide any additional credit
enhancement with respect to the Notes so qualified, reduced or withdrawn.
 
     The rating of the Notes should be evaluated independently from similar
ratings on other types of securities. A rating is not a recommendation to buy,
sell or hold the Notes, inasmuch as such rating does not comment as to market
price or suitability for a particular investor. The ratings of the Notes do not
address the likelihood of payment of principal on any Class of Notes prior to
the Stated Maturity Date thereof, or the possibility of the imposition of United
States withholding tax with respect to non-United States Persons.
 
                                USE OF PROCEEDS
 
     The proceeds from the offering and sale of the Notes of each Series, after
funding a portion of the cash collateral account or other form of credit
enhancement for such Series and paying the expenses of the Depositor, will be
paid to the Originators by the Depositor in connection with the transfer of the
Contracts and the Originators' interests in the Equipment.
 
                                  UNDERWRITING
 
     The Company may sell Notes of each Series to or through underwriters (the
'Underwriters') by a negotiated firm commitment underwriting and public
reoffering by the Underwriters, and also may sell and place Notes directly to
other purchasers or through agents. The Company intends that Notes will be
offered through such various methods from time to time and that offerings may be
made concurrently through more than one of these methods or that an offering of
a particular Series of Notes may be made through a combination of such methods.
 
     TCC, the Company and certain of its affiliates may agree to indemnify the
Underwriters and agents who participate in the distribution of the Notes against
certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended.
 
                                       49
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
     Funds in cash collateral accounts and the Trust Accounts may, from time to
time, be invested in Eligible Investments acquired from the Underwriters.
 
                                 LEGAL MATTERS
 
     Certain legal matters with respect to the Notes of each Series will be
passed upon for the Depositor by Dorsey & Whitney LLP.
                              will act as counsel to the Underwriters. The
Indenture, the Transfer and Servicing Agreement, the Trust Agreement, the
Purchase Agreement and the Notes of each Series will be governed by the laws of
the State of New York.
 
                                       50

<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
                            INDEX OF PRINCIPAL TERMS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
TERM                                                                                                          PAGE
- ----                                                                                                          ----
<S>                                                                                                           <C>
Administrative Fees........................................................................................
Amount Available...........................................................................................
Article 2A.................................................................................................
AT&T.......................................................................................................
ATMs.......................................................................................................
Available Pledged Revenues.................................................................................
Bankruptcy Code............................................................................................
Bell Labs..................................................................................................
Benefit Plan...............................................................................................
Book Value.................................................................................................
Business Day...............................................................................................
Cedel Bank.................................................................................................
Cedel Bank Participants....................................................................................
Certificate Majority.......................................................................................
Certificates...............................................................................................
CFC........................................................................................................
Closing Date...............................................................................................
CLT........................................................................................................
Code.......................................................................................................
Collection Account.........................................................................................
Collection Period..........................................................................................
Commission.................................................................................................
Contract Pool..............................................................................................
Contract Pool Principal Balance............................................................................
Contract Principal Balance.................................................................................
Contracts..................................................................................................
Counsel....................................................................................................
CPR........................................................................................................
Credit Corp. ..............................................................................................
Current Collection Period Pledged Revenues.................................................................
Current Realized Losses....................................................................................
Cut-Off Date...............................................................................................
Cut-Off Date Contract Pool.................................................................................
Definitive Notes...........................................................................................
Deposit Date...............................................................................................
Depositor..................................................................................................
Depository.................................................................................................
Determination Date.........................................................................................
DTC........................................................................................................
DTC Participants...........................................................................................
Duff & Phelps..............................................................................................
Eligible Accounts..........................................................................................
Eligible Investments.......................................................................................
Equipment..................................................................................................
ERISA......................................................................................................
Euroclear..................................................................................................
Euroclear Operator.........................................................................................
Euroclear Participants.....................................................................................
Euroclear System...........................................................................................
Events of Default..........................................................................................
Exchange Act...............................................................................................
Financial Institution......................................................................................
</TABLE>
 
                                       51
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
TERM                                                                                                          PAGE
- ----                                                                                                          ----
<S>                                                                                                           <C>
Fitch......................................................................................................
Global Notes...............................................................................................
Holders....................................................................................................
Indenture..................................................................................................
Indenture Trustee..........................................................................................
Indirect Participants......................................................................................
Initial Amount.............................................................................................
Initial Contract Pool Principal Balance....................................................................
Insolvency Laws............................................................................................
Insurance, Maintenance and Tax Accounts....................................................................
Interest Rate..............................................................................................
Interest Shortfall.........................................................................................
International Depositories.................................................................................
International Managers.....................................................................................
International Notes........................................................................................
International Representative...............................................................................
International Underwriting Agreement.......................................................................
Intersyndicate Agreement...................................................................................
IRS........................................................................................................
Lease Contract.............................................................................................
Leased Equipment...........................................................................................
Leasing Services...........................................................................................
Liquidated Contract........................................................................................
Liquidation Loss...........................................................................................
Liquidation Proceeds.......................................................................................
Loan Contracts.............................................................................................
Lucent.....................................................................................................
Luxembourg Paying Agent....................................................................................
Luxembourg Transfer Agent..................................................................................
Master Form Lease..........................................................................................
Monthly Principal Amount...................................................................................
Moody's....................................................................................................
NCR........................................................................................................
NCR Credit.................................................................................................
Non-Accrual................................................................................................
Note Distribution Account..................................................................................
Note Majority..............................................................................................
Note Owners................................................................................................
Noteholders................................................................................................
Notes......................................................................................................
Obligor....................................................................................................
OID........................................................................................................
Originators................................................................................................
Owner Trust................................................................................................
Owner Trustee..............................................................................................
Participants...............................................................................................
Payment Date...............................................................................................
Plan Assets Regulation.....................................................................................
Pledged Revenues...........................................................................................
Prepayments................................................................................................
PTCE.......................................................................................................
Purchase Agreement.........................................................................................
Rating Agencies............................................................................................
</TABLE>
 
                                       52
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
TERM                                                                                                          PAGE
- ----                                                                                                          ----
<S>                                                                                                           <C>
Related Collection Period Pledged Revenues.................................................................
Repurchase Event...........................................................................................
Required Payoff Amount.....................................................................................
Requisite Amount...........................................................................................
Rules......................................................................................................
S&P........................................................................................................
SBU........................................................................................................
Scheduled Payments.........................................................................................
Securities Act.............................................................................................
Senior Notes...............................................................................................
Servicing Fee..............................................................................................
Specific Lease Form........................................................................................
Stated Maturity Dates......................................................................................
Subordinate Notes
TCC........................................................................................................
Terms and Conditions.......................................................................................
TIN........................................................................................................
Transfer and Servicing Agreement...........................................................................
Trust Accounts.............................................................................................
Trust Agreement............................................................................................
Trust Assets...............................................................................................
UCC........................................................................................................
Underwriters...............................................................................................
U.S. Notes.................................................................................................
U.S. Person................................................................................................
U.S. Representative........................................................................................
U.S. Underwriters..........................................................................................
U.S. Underwriting Agreement................................................................................
United States..............................................................................................
United States Holder.......................................................................................
United States Person.......................................................................................
</TABLE>
 
                                       53

<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
                                                                      APPENDIX A
 
                        GLOBAL CLEARANCE, SETTLEMENT AND
                          TAX DOCUMENTATION PROCEDURES
 
     Except in certain limited circumstances, the Notes will be available only
in book-entry form (the 'Global Notes'). Investors in the Global Notes may hold
such Global Notes through DTC or, if applicable, Cedel Bank or Euroclear. The
Global Notes will be tradeable as home-market instruments in both the European
and United States domestic markets. Initial settlement and all secondary trades
will settle in same-day funds.
 
     Secondary market trading between investors holding Global Notes through
Cedel Bank and Euroclear will be conducted in the ordinary way in accordance
with their normal rules and operating procedures and in accordance with
conventional eurobond practice.
 
     Secondary market trading between investors holding Global Notes through DTC
will be conducted according to the rules and procedures applicable to United
States corporate debt obligations.
 
     Secondary cross-market trading between Cedel Bank or Euroclear participants
and DTC participants holding Notes will be effected on a
delivery-against-payment basis through the respective depositaries of Cedel Bank
and Euroclear and as participants in DTC.
 
     Non-United States holders of Global Notes will be exempt from United States
withholding taxes, provided that such holders meet certain requirements and
deliver appropriate United States tax documents to the securities clearing
organizations or their participants. See 'United States Taxation' in the
Prospectus.
 
INITIAL SETTLEMENT
 
     All Global Notes will be held in book-entry form by DTC in the name of Cede
& Co. as nominee of DTC. Investors' interests in the Global Notes will be
represented through financial institutions acting on their behalf as direct and
indirect participants in DTC. As a result, Cedel Bank and Euroclear will hold
positions on behalf of their participants through their respective depositaries,
which in turn will hold such positions in accounts as participants of DTC.
 
     Investors electing to hold their Global Notes through DTC will follow the
settlement practices applicable to United States corporate debt obligations.
Investor securities custody accounts will be credited with their holdings
against payment in same-day funds on the settlement date.
 
     Investors electing to hold their Global Notes through Cedel Bank or
Euroclear accounts will follow the settlement procedures applicable to
conventional eurobonds, except that there will be no temporary global security
and no 'lock-up' or restricted period. Global Notes will be credited to the
securities custody accounts on the settlement date against payment in same-day
funds.
 
SECONDARY MARKET TRADING
 
     Because the purchaser determines the place of delivery, it is important to
establish at the time of the trade where both the purchaser's and the seller's
accounts are located to ensure that settlement can be made on the desired value
date.
 
     Trading between DTC participants. Secondary market trading between DTC
participants will be settled using the procedures applicable to United States
corporate debt issues in same-day funds.
 
     Trading between Cedel Bank and/or Euroclear participants. Secondary market
trading between Cedel Bank participants and/or Euroclear participants will be
settled using the procedures applicable to conventional eurobonds in same-day
funds.
 
     Trading between DTC seller and Cedel Bank or Euroclear purchaser. When
Global Notes are to be transferred from the account of a DTC participant to the
account of a Cedel Bank participant or a Euroclear participant, the purchaser
will send instructions to Cedel Bank or Euroclear through a participant at least
one business day prior to settlement. Cedel Bank or Euroclear will instruct the
respective depositary to receive the Global Notes against payment. Payment will
include interest
 
                                       54
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
accrued on the Global Notes from and including the last coupon payment date to
and excluding the settlement date. Payment will then be made by the respective
depositary to the DTC participant's account against delivery of the Global
Notes. After settlement has been completed, the Global Notes will be credited to
the respective clearing system and by the clearing system, in accordance with
its usual procedures, to the Cedel Bank participant's or Euroclear participant's
account. The Global Notes credit will appear the next day (European time) and
the cash debit will be back-valued to, and the interest on the Global Notes will
accrue from, the value date (which would be the preceding day when settlement
occurred in New York). If settlement is not completed on the intended value date
(i.e., the trade fails), the Cedel Bank or Euroclear cash debit will be valued
instead as of the actual settlement date.
 
     Cedel Bank participants and Euroclear participants will need to make
available to the respective clearing systems the funds necessary to process
same-day funds settlement. The most direct means of doing so is to preposition
funds for settlement, either from cash on hand or existing lines of credit, as
they would for any settlement occurring within Cedel Bank or Euroclear. Under
this approach, they may take on credit exposure to Cedel Bank or Euroclear until
the Global Notes are credited to their accounts one day later.
 
     As an alternative, if Cedel Bank or Euroclear has extended a line of credit
to them, participants can elect not to preposition funds and allow that credit
line to be drawn upon to finance settlement. Under this procedure, Cedel Bank
participants or Euroclear participants purchasing Global Notes would incur
overdraft charges for one day, assuming they cleared the overdraft when the
Global Notes were credited to their accounts. However, interest on the Global
Notes would accrue from the value date. Therefore, in many cases the investment
income on the Global Notes earned during the one-day period may substantially
reduce or offset the amount of such overdraft charges, although this result will
depend on each participant's particular cost of funds.
 
     Since the settlement is taking place during New York business hours, DTC
participants can employ their usual procedures for sending Global Notes to the
respective depositary for the benefit of Cedel Bank participants or Euroclear
participants. The sale proceeds will be available to the DTC seller on the
settlement date. Thus, to the DTC participant a cross-market transaction will
settle no differently than a trade between two DTC participants.
 
     Trading between Cedel Bank or Euroclear seller and DTC purchaser. Due to
time-zone differences in their favor, Cedel Bank participants and Euroclear
participants may employ their customary procedures for transactions in which
Global Notes are to be transferred by the respective clearing system, through
the respective depositary, to a DTC participant. The seller will send
instructions to Cedel Bank or Euroclear through a participant at least one
business day prior to settlement. In this case, Cedel Bank or Euroclear will
instruct the respective depositary to deliver the Notes to the DTC participant's
account against payment. Payment will include interest accrued on the Global
Notes from and including the last coupon payment date to and excluding the
settlement date. The payment will then be reflected in the account of the Cedel
Bank participant or Euroclear participant the following day, and receipt of the
cash proceeds in the Cedel Bank participant's or Euroclear participant's account
would be back-valued to the value date (which would be the preceding day, when
settlement occurred in New York). Should the Cedel Bank participant or Euroclear
participant have a line of credit with its respective clearing system and elect
to be in debit in anticipation of receipt of the sale proceeds in its account,
the back-valuation will extinguish any overdraft charges incurred over that
one-day period. If settlement is not completed on the intended value date (i.e.,
the trade fails), receipt of the cash proceeds in the Cedel Bank or Euroclear
participant's account would instead be valued as of the actual settlement date.
 
     Finally, day traders that use Cedel Bank or Euroclear and that purchase
Global Notes from DTC participants for delivery to Cedel Bank participants or
Euroclear participants should note that these trades would automatically fail on
the sale side unless affirmative action were taken. At least three techniques
should be readily available to eliminate this potential problem:
 
          1. borrowing through Cedel Bank or Euroclear for one day (until the
     purchase side of the day trade is reflected in their Cedel Bank or
     Euroclear accounts) in accordance with the clearing system's customary
     procedures;
 
                                       55
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
          2. borrowing the Global Notes in the United States from a DTC
     participant no later than one day prior to settlement, which would give the
     Global Notes sufficient time to be reflected in their Cedel Bank or
     Euroclear account in order to settle the sale side of the trade; or
 
          3. staggering the value dates for the buy and sell sides of the trade
     so that the value date for the purchase from the DTC participant is at
     least one day prior to the value date for the sale to the Cedel Bank
     participant or Euroclear participant.
 
           CERTAIN U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX DOCUMENTATION REQUIREMENTS
 
     A holder of Global Notes holding securities through Cedel Bank or Euroclear
(or through DTC if the holder has an address outside the United States) will be
subject to 30% United States withholding tax that generally applies to payments
of interest (including original issue discount) on registered debt issued by
United States Persons, unless (i) each clearing system, bank or other financial
institution that holds customers' securities in the ordinary course of its trade
or business in the chain of intermediaries between such beneficial owner and the
United States entity required to withhold tax complies with applicable
certification requirements and (ii) such holder takes one of the following steps
to obtain an exemption or reduced tax rate:
 
          Exemption for non-United States Person (Form W-8). Non-United States
     Persons that are beneficial owners can obtain a complete exemption from the
     withholding tax by filing a signed Form W-8 (Certificate of Foreign
     Status).
 
     If the information shown on Form W-8 changes, a new Form W-8 must be filed
within 30 days of such change.
 
          Exemption for non-United States Persons with effectively connected
     income (Form 4224). A non-United States Person, including a non-United
     States corporation or bank with a United States branch, for which the
     interest income is effectively connected with its conduct of a trade or
     business in the United States, can obtain an exemption from the withholding
     tax by filing Form 4224 (Exemption from Withholding of Tax on Income
     Effectively Connected with the Conduct of a Trade or Business in the United
     States).
 
          Exemption or reduced rate for non-United States Persons resident in
     treaty countries (Form 1001). Non-United States Persons that are beneficial
     owners residing in a country that has a tax treaty with the United States
     can obtain an exemption or reduced tax rate (depending on the terms of the
     treaty) by filing Form 1001 (Ownership, Exemption or Reduced Rate
     Certificate). If the treaty provides only for a reduced rate, withholding
     tax will be imposed at that rate unless the filer alternatively files Form
     W-8. Form 1001 may be filed by the beneficial owner or his agent.
 
          Exemption for United States Persons (Form W-9). United States Persons
     can obtain a complete exemption from the withholding tax by filing Form W-9
     (Payer's Request for Taxpayer Identification Number and Certification).
 
          U.S. Federal Income Tax Reporting Procedure. A holder of Global Notes
     or, in the case of a Form 1001 or a Form 4224 filer, his agent, files by
     submitting the appropriate form to the person through which he holds (the
     clearing agency, in the case of persons holding directly on the books of
     the clearing agency). Form W-8 and Form 1001 are effective for three
     calendar years and Form 4224 is effective for one calendar year. See
     'United States Taxation' in the Prospectus.
 
     The term 'United States Person' means (i) a citizen or resident of the
United States, (ii) a corporation or partnership organized in or under the laws
of the United States or any political subdivision thereof or (iii) an estate or
trust the income of which is includible in gross income for United States
federal income tax purposes, regardless of its source.
 
     THIS SUMMARY DOES NOT DEAL WITH ALL ASPECTS OF UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME
TAX WITHHOLDING THAT MAY BE RELEVANT TO FOREIGN HOLDERS OF THE GLOBAL NOTES.
INVESTORS ARE ADVISED TO CONSULT THEIR OWN TAX ADVISORS FOR SPECIFIC TAX ADVICE
CONCERNING THEIR HOLDING AND DISPOSING OF THE GLOBAL NOTES.
 
                                       56

<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
_____________________________                      _____________________________
 
     NO PERSON HAS BEEN AUTHORIZED TO GIVE ANY INFORMATION OR TO MAKE ANY
REPRESENTATIONS OTHER THAN THOSE CONTAINED IN THIS PROSPECTUS AND, IF GIVEN OR
MADE, SUCH INFORMATION OR REPRESENTATIONS MUST NOT BE RELIED UPON AS HAVING BEEN
AUTHORIZED BY THE DEPOSITOR, THE SERVICER, THE OWNER TRUST, THE OWNER TRUSTEE,
THE INDENTURE TRUSTEE, THE U.S. UNDERWRITERS OR THE INTERNATIONAL MANAGERS. THIS
PROSPECTUS DOES NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER OR SOLICITATION BY ANYONE IN ANY
JURISDICTION IN WHICH SUCH OFFER OR SOLICITATION IS NOT AUTHORIZED OR IN WHICH
THE PERSON MAKING SUCH OFFER OR SOLICITATION IS NOT QUALIFIED TO DO SO OR TO
ANYONE TO WHOM IT IS UNLAWFUL TO MAKE SUCH OFFER OR SOLICITATION. NEITHER THE
DELIVERY OF THIS PROSPECTUS, NOR ANY SALE MADE HEREUNDER, SHALL, UNDER ANY
CIRCUMSTANCES, CREATE ANY IMPLICATION THAT THE INFORMATION HEREIN IS CORRECT AS
OF ANY TIME SUBSEQUENT TO THE DATE OF SUCH INFORMATION.
 
                            ------------------------
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                               PAGE
                                                                                                                               ----
<S>                                                                                                                            <C>
                                                       PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT
Incorporation by Reference..................................................................................................   S-3
Reports to Noteholders......................................................................................................   S-3
Table of Contents...........................................................................................................   S-5
Prospectus Summary..........................................................................................................   S-6
Risk Factors................................................................................................................   S-20
The Owner Trust.............................................................................................................   S-21
The Contracts...............................................................................................................   S-22
Weighted Average Life of the Notes..........................................................................................   S-27
Description of the Notes....................................................................................................   S-29
United States Taxation......................................................................................................   S-35
ERISA Considerations........................................................................................................   S-39
Ratings of the Notes........................................................................................................   S-40
Use of Proceeds.............................................................................................................   S-41
Underwriting................................................................................................................   S-41
Legal Matters...............................................................................................................   S-42
Additional Information......................................................................................................   S-42
Index of Principal Terms....................................................................................................   S-43
Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax Documentation Requirements..................................................................   S-46
                                                            PROSPECTUS
Incorporation by Reference..................................................................................................     3
Available Information.......................................................................................................     3
Reports to Noteholders......................................................................................................     3
Prospectus Summary..........................................................................................................     4
Risk Factors................................................................................................................    11
The Depositor...............................................................................................................    15
The Owner Trusts............................................................................................................    15
AT&T Capital Corporation....................................................................................................    17
The Originators.............................................................................................................    18
The Contracts...............................................................................................................    24
Description of the Notes....................................................................................................    31
Description of the Transfer and Servicing Agreements........................................................................    41
Certain Legal Aspects of the Contracts......................................................................................    46
United States Taxation......................................................................................................    48
ERISA Considerations........................................................................................................    48
Ratings of the Notes........................................................................................................    49
Use of Proceeds.............................................................................................................    49
Underwriting................................................................................................................    49
Legal Matters...............................................................................................................    50
Index of Principal Terms....................................................................................................    51
Appendix A: Global Clearance, Settlement and Tax Documentation Procedures...................................................    54
</TABLE>
 
                            ------------------------
     UNTIL                   , ALL DEALERS EFFECTING TRANSACTIONS IN THE NOTES,
WHETHER OR NOT PARTICIPATING IN THIS DISTRIBUTION, MAY BE REQUIRED TO DELIVER A
PROSPECTUS. THIS IS IN ADDITION TO THE OBLIGATION OF DEALERS ACTING AS
UNDERWRITERS TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS WITH RESPECT TO THEIR UNSOLD ALLOTMENTS OR
SUBSCRIPTIONS.
 
                          CAPITA EQUIPMENT RECEIVABLES
                              TRUST 1997-
 
                  $     % RECEIVABLE-BACKED NOTES, CLASS
                  $     % RECEIVABLE-BACKED NOTES, CLASS
                  $     % RECEIVABLE-BACKED NOTES, CLASS
                  $     % RECEIVABLE-BACKED NOTES, CLASS
                  $     % RECEIVABLE-BACKED NOTES, CLASS
 
                                ANTIGUA FUNDING
                                  CORPORATION
                                   DEPOSITOR
 
                                  AT&T CAPITAL
                                  CORPORATION
                                    SERVICER
 
                           --------------------------
                                   PROSPECTUS
                           --------------------------
 
                                 [Underwriters]
 
_____________________________                      _____________________________

<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
                                    PART II
                     INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
 
ITEM 14. OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION.
 
     The following table sets forth the expenses to be incurred in connection
with the offering of the Notes, other than underwriting discounts and
commissions, described in this Registration Statement:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                             <C>
Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee..........................................   $303.03
Printing and engraving.......................................................................      *
Trustee's fees...............................................................................      *
Legal fees and expenses......................................................................      *
Blue Sky Fees and Expenses...................................................................      *
Accountants' fees and expenses...............................................................      *
Rating agency fees...........................................................................      *
Miscellaneous fees...........................................................................      *
                                                                                                -------
          Total..............................................................................   $  *
                                                                                                -------
                                                                                                -------
</TABLE>
 
- ------------
 
*  To be filed by amendment.
 
ITEM 15. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.
 
     Antigua Funding Corporation is incorporated under the laws of Delaware.
Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law provides that a Delaware
corporation may indemnify any persons, including officers and directors, who
are, or are threatened to be made, parties to any threatened, pending or
completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or
investigative (other than an action by or in the right of such corporation, by
reason of the fact that such person was an officer, director, employee or agent
of such corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such corporation as
a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or enterprise).
The indemnity may include expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgments, fines
and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person
in connection with such action, suit or proceedings, provided such person acted
in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to
the corporation's best interests and, for criminal proceedings, had no
reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was illegal. A Delaware corporation
may identify officers and directors in an action by or in the right of the
corporation under the same conditions, except that no indemnification is
permitted without judicial approval if the officer or director is adjudged to be
liable to the corporation. Where an officer or director is successful on the
merits or otherwise in the defense of any action referred to above, the
corporation must indemnify him against the expenses which such officer or
director actually and reasonably incurred.
 
     The Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws of Antigua Funding Corporation
provide, in effect, that, subject to certain limited exceptions, such
corporation will indemnify its officers and directors to the extent permitted by
the Delaware General Corporation Law.
 
                                      II-1
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
ITEM 16. EXHIBITS.
 
     The Exhibits filed as part of this Registration Statement are:
 
<TABLE>
        <C>     <S>
         **1.1  -- Form of U.S. Underwriting Agreement
         **1.2  -- Form of International Underwriting Agreement
         **3.1  -- Certificate of Incorporation of Depositor
         **3.2  -- By-Laws of Depositor
         **4.1  -- Form of Transfer and Servicing Agreement
         **4.2  -- Form of Indenture
         **4.3  -- Form of Trust Agreement
         **4.5  -- Form of Purchase Agreement
          *5.1  -- Opinion and consent of Dorsey & Whitney LLP with respect to legality
          *8.1  -- Opinion and consent of Dorsey & Whitney LLP with respect to tax matters
         *23.1  -- Consent of Dorsey & Whitney LLP (included as part of Exhibit 5.1)
         *23.2  -- Consent of Dorsey & Whitney LLP (included as part of Exhibit 8.1)
          24.1  -- Power of Attorney (included as part of page II-4)
</TABLE>
 
- ------------
 
 * To be filed by amendment.
 
** Incorporated by reference to the corresponding exhibit to the Registrant's
   Registration Statement on Form S-3 (file number 333-8465), which was declared
   effective on October 8, 1996.
 
ITEM 17. UNDERTAKINGS.
 
     The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes:
 
          (1) To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being
     made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:
 
             (i) To include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the
        Securities Act of 1933;
 
             (ii) To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after
        the effective date of the registration statement (or most recent
        post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the
        aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth
        in the registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any
        increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total
        dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was
        registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated
        maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed
        with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the
        changes in volume and price represent no more than a 20% change in the
        maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the 'Calculation of
        Registration Fee' table in the effective registration statement;
 
             (iii) To include any material information with respect to the plan
        of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement
        or any material change in the information set forth in the registration
        statement;
 
     Provided, however, that paragraphs (1)(i) and (1)(ii) do not apply if the
     registration statement is on Form S-3 or Form S-8, and the information
     required to be included in a post-effective amendment by those paragraphs
     is contained in periodic reports filed by the registrant pursuant to
     section 13 or section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 that are
     incorporated by reference in the registration statement.
 
          (2) That, for purposes of determining any liability under the
     Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed
     to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered
     therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed
     to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
 
          (3) To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment
     any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the
     termination of the offering.
 
                                      II-2
 
<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
     The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that, for purposes of
determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each filing of the
registrant's annual report pursuant to Section 13(a) or Section 15(d) of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (and, where applicable, each filing of an
employee benefit plan's annual report pursuant to Section 15(d) of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934) that is incorporated by reference in the
registration statement shall be deemed to be a new registration statement
relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities
at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
 
     Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act
of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers, and controlling persons of the
registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant
has been advised that, in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission,
such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is,
therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against
such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred
or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the
successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such
director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being
registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter
has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate
jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public
policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of
such issue.
 
     The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes:
 
          (1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act
     of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part
     of this Registration Statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in
     a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or
     (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this
     Registration Statement as of the time it was declared effective.
 
          (2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities
     Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of
     prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to
     the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that
     time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
 
                                      II-3



<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
                                   SIGNATURES
 
     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant
certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all of the
requirements for filing on Form S-3 and has duly caused this Registration
Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly
authorized, in the City of Morristown, State of New Jersey, on the 21st day of
August, 1997.
 
                                          ANTIGUA FUNDING CORPORATION
 
                                          By         /s/ RAMON OLIU, JR.
                                             ...................................
                                                      RAMON OLIU, JR.
                                                         PRESIDENT
 
     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this
Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the
capacities indicated.
 
                               POWER OF ATTORNEY
 
     KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS, That the undersigned director of Antigua
Funding Corporation, a Delaware corporation, constitutes and appoints each of
Ramon Oliu, Jr., Glenn A. Votek and Madelyn C. Law, with full power to act
without the other, as his true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent with full
power of substitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all
capacities, to sign on his behalf individually and in the capacity stated below,
any or all amendments and post-effective amendments to this Registration
Statement, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents
in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and to
file the same with such state commissions and other agencies as necessary,
granting unto each such attorney-in-fact and agent full power and authority to
do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done
in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or
could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that each such
attorney-in-fact and agent, or his substitute, may lawfully do or cause to be
done by virtue hereof.
 
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Power of Attorney has been signed on the date
indicated below.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                SIGNATURE                                        TITLE                               DATE
- ------------------------------------------  ------------------------------------------------   -----------------
 
<C>                                         <S>                                                <C>
           /s/ RAMON OLIU, JR.              President (Principal Executive Officer) and         August 21, 1997
 .........................................    Director
            (RAMON OLIU, JR.)
 
            /s/ GLENN A. VOTEK              Vice President and Treasurer (Principal             August 21, 1997
 .........................................    Financial Officer)
             (GLENN A. VOTEK)
 
          /s/ RICHARD G. DOOMANY            Vice President and Controller (Principal            August 21, 1997
 .........................................    Accounting Officer)
           (RICHARD G. DOOMANY)
 
           /s/ ROBERT J. INGATO             Director                                            August 26, 1997
 .........................................
            (ROBERT J. INGATO)
 
          /s/ RICHARD L. TAIANO             Director                                            August 25, 1997
 .........................................
           (RICHARD L. TAIANO)
 
          /s/ PETER H. SORENSEN             Director                                            August 21, 1997
 .........................................
           (PETER H. SORENSEN)
</TABLE>
 
                                      II-4


<PAGE>
 
<PAGE>
                               INDEX TO EXHIBITS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBITS                                                   DESCRIPTION
- --------   ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
<C>        <S>
  **1.1    -- Form of U.S. Underwriting Agreement
  **1.2    -- Form of International Underwriting Agreement
  **3.1    -- Certificate of Incorporation of Depositor
  **3.2    -- By-Laws of Depositor
  **4.1    -- Form of Transfer and Servicing Agreement
  **4.2    -- Form of Indenture
  **4.5    -- Form of Trust Agreement
  **4.5    -- Form of Purchase Agreement
   *5.1    -- Opinion and consent of Dorsey & Whitney LLP with respect to legality
   *8.1    -- Opinion and consent of Dorsey & Whitney LLP with respect to tax matters
  *23.1    -- Consent of Dorsey & Whitney LLP (included as part of Exhibit 5.1)
  *23.2    -- Consent of Dorsey & Whitney LLP (included as part of Exhibit 8.1)
   24.1    -- Power of Attorney (included as part of page II-4)
</TABLE>
 
- ------------
 
 * To be filed by amendment.
 
** Incorporated by reference to the corresponding exhibit to the Registrant's
   Registration Statement on Form S-3 (file number 333-8465), which was declared
   effective on October 8, 1996.


<PAGE>




© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission